[NOTIFY] 72731,737
                                    FORM 10-Q
                        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C.  20549

(Mark One)
     [X]  QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
                               EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended February 29, 1996
                                         
                                        OR
     [  ]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
                               EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                         
        For the transition period from ______________ to ________________
                          Commission file number 1-9610 
                                         
                               CARNIVAL CORPORATION
              (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Republic of Panama                         59-1562976
          (State or other jurisdiction of           (I.R.S. Employer 
          incorporation or organization)           Identification No.)
                                         
                 3655 N.W. 87th Avenue, Miami, Florida 33178-2428
                     (Address of principal executive offices)
                                    (zip code)
                                         
                                  (305) 599-2600
               (Registrants telephone number, including area code)
                                         
                                      None.
    (Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last
                                     report.)

  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes X     No__

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuers classes of
common stock, as of April 8, 1996. 

             Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value: 229,965,560 shares

             Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value: 54,957,142 shares



                                  CARNIVAL CORPORATION



                                     I N D E X

Page Part I. Financial Information Item 1: Financial Statements Consolidated Balance Sheets - February 29, 1996 and November 30, 1995 1 Consolidated Statements of Operations - Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1995 2 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1995 3 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 4 Item 2: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 7 Part II. Other Information Item 1: Legal Proceedings 11 Item 5: Other Information 11 Item 6: Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K 11
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION ITEM 1: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CARNIVAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except per share data)
February 29, November 30, ASSETS 1996 1995 CURRENT ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $ 291,694 $ 53,365 Short-term investments 26,603 50,395 Accounts receivable 30,280 33,080 Consumable inventories, at average cost 49,542 48,820 Prepaid expenses and other 72,906 70,718 Total current assets 471,025 256,378 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT--at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization 3,637,223 3,414,823 OTHER ASSETS Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $50,037 in 1996 and $48,292 in 1995 224,826 226,571 Long-term notes receivable 67,936 78,907 Investments in affiliates and other assets 141,956 128,808 $4,542,966 $4,105,487 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES Current portion of long-term debt $ 72,767 $ 72,752 Accounts payable 90,040 90,237 Accrued liabilities 117,780 113,483 Customer deposits 343,945 292,606 Dividends payable 25,636 25,632 Total current liabilities 650,168 594,710 LONG-TERM DEBT 1,364,393 1,035,031 CONVERTIBLE NOTES 115,000 115,000 OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES 17,095 15,873 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 5) SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY Class A Common Stock; $.01 par value;one vote per share; 399,500 shares authorized; 229,959 and 229,839 shares issued and outstanding 2,300 2,298 Class B Common Stock; $.01 par value;five votes share; 201,000 shares authorized; 54,957 shares issued and outstanding 550 550 Paid-in-capital 597,197 594,811 Retained earnings 1,803,569 1,752,140 Less-other (7,306) (4,926) Total shareholders' equity 2,396,310 2,344,873 $4,542,966 $4,105,487
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. CARNIVAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except per share data)
Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 February 28, 1995 REVENUES $448,788 $419,820 COSTS AND EXPENSES Operating expenses 263,696 247,229 Selling and administrative 71,282 64,175 Depreciation and amortization 32,835 31,504 367,813 342,908 OPERATING INCOME 80,975 76,912 NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE) Interest income 7,845 1,999 Interest expense, net of capitalized interest (16,038) (17,551) Other income 757 1,362 Income tax benefit 3,526 4,830 (3,910) (9,360) NET INCOME $ 77,065 $ 67,552 EARNINGS PER SHARE $.27 $ .24
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. CARNIVAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 February 28, 1995 OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income $ 77,065 $ 67,552 Adjustments: Depreciation and amortization 32,835 31,504 Other 2,854 2,009 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Decrease (increase) in receivables 2,666 (7,854) Increase in consumable inventories (722) (649) Increase in prepaid and other (2,226) (11,662) Decrease in accounts payable (197) (1,577) Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities 4,297 (6,247) Increase in customer deposits 51,339 24,197 Net cash provided from operations 167,911 97,273 INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Decrease in short-term investments 21,026 6,195 Additions to property and equipment, net(253,452) (54,002) Increase in other non-current assets (2,177) (2,332) Net cash used for investing activities(234,603) (50,139) FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Principal payments of long-term debt (115,555) (67,003) Dividends paid (25,632) (21,190) Proceeds from long-term debt 444,922 36,000 Issuance of common stock 1,286 664 Net cash provided from (used for) financing activities 305,021 (51,529) Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 238,329 (4,395) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 53,365 54,105 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$291,694 $ 49,710
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. CARNIVAL CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1 - BASIS FOR PRESENTATION OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The financial statements included herein have been prepared by Carnival Corporation without audit pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The accompanying consolidated balance sheet at February 29, 1996, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1995 are unaudited and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation. The operations of Carnival Corporation and its subsidiaries (the "Company") are seasonal and results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year. The accompanying financial statements include the consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. NOTE 2 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT Property and equipment consists of the following:
Vessels $3,730,520 $3,467,731 Vessels under construction 257,969 289,661 3,988,489 3,757,392 Land, buildings and improvements 146,002 132,183 Transportation and other equipment 184,391 174,903 Total property and equipment 4,318,882 4,064,478 Less - accumulated depreciation and amortization (681,659) (649,655) $3,637,223 $3,414,823
Interest costs associated with the construction of vessels and buildings, until they are placed in service, are capitalized and amounted to $5.9 million and $3.8 million for the three months ended February 29, 1996 and February 28, 1995, respectively. NOTE 3 - LONG-TERM DEBT Long-term debt consists of the following:
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility Due 2000 $ 520,000 $ 185,000 Mortgages and other loans payable bearing interest at rates ranging from 8% to 9.9%, secured by vessels, maturing through 1999 198,667 208,078 Unsecured 5.75% Notes Due March 15, 1998 200,000 200,000 Unsecured 6.15% Notes Due October 1, 2003 124,948 124,946 Unsecured 7.20% Debentures Due October 1, 2023 124,868 124,867 Unsecured 7.70% Notes Due July 15, 2004 99,904 99,902 Unsecured 7.05% Notes Due May 15, 2005 99,816 99,811 Other loans payable 68,957 65,179 1,437,160 1,107,783 Less portion due within one year (72,767) (72,752) $1,364,393 $1,035,031
In July 1992, the Company issued $115 million of 4-1/2% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due July 1, 1997 (the "Convertible Notes"). The Convertible Notes are convertible into 57.55 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock per $1,000 of notes. As of February 29, 1996 the Convertible Notes are convertible into a total of approximately 6.6 million shares of Class A Common Stock. The Convertible Notes are redeemable in whole or in part at the Company's option on or after July 3, 1996. NOTE 4 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY The following represents an analysis of the changes in shareholders' equity for the three months ended February 29, 1996:
COMMON STOCK $.01 PAR VALUE PAID-IN RETAINED CLASS A CLASS B CAPITAL EARNINGS OTHER TOTAL (in thousands) Balance November 30, 1995 $2,298 $550 $594,811 $1,752,140 $(4,926) $2,344,873 Net income for the period 77,065 77,065 Cash dividends (25,636) (25,636) Changes in securities valuation allowance (2,766) (2,766) Issuance of stock to employees under stock plans 2 2,386 2,388 Vested portion of common stock under restricted stock plan 386 386 Balance February 29, 1996 $2,300 $550 $597,197 $1,803,569 $(7,306) $2,396,310
NOTE 5 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Capital Expenditures The following table provides a description of ships currently under contract for construction (in millions of dollars):
Expected Number Estimated Delivery Contract of Lower Total Ship Name Operating Unit Date Denomination Berths Cost Veendam Holland America Line 4/96 Italian Lira 1,266 $ 225 Carnival Destiny Carnival Cruise Lines 10/96 Italian Lira 2,640 400 Rotterdam VI Holland America Line 9/97 Italian Lira 1,320 235 Elation Carnival Cruise Lines 2/98 U. S. Dollar 2,040 300 Paradise Carnival Cruise Lines 11/98 U. S. Dollar 2,040 300 Carnival Triumph Carnival Cruise Lines 12/98 Italian Lira 2,640 415 11,946 $1,875
Contracts denominated in foreign currencies have been fixed into U.S. Dollars through the utilization of forward currency contracts. In connection with the vessels under construction described above, the Company has paid $258 million through February 29, 1996 and anticipates paying $482 million during the twelve month period ended February 28, 1997 and approximately $1.1 billion beyond February 28, 1997. In connection with the delivery of Carnival's Inspiration, the Company paid $219 million in the first fiscal quarter of 1996. Litigation During 1995, the Company received $40 million in cash and other consideration from the settlement of litigation with Metra Oy, the former parent company of Wartsila Marine Industries Incorporated ("Wartsila"), related to losses suffered in connection with the construction of three of the Company's cruise ships. The Company is continuing to pursue claims in bankruptcy proceedings in Finland to recover additional damages suffered in connection with the construction of the three ships. In the normal course of business, various other claims and lawsuits have been filed or are pending against the Company. The majority of these claims and lawsuits are covered by insurance. Management believes the outcome of any such suits which are not covered by insurance would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations. NOTE 6 - RECENT EVENTS In April 1996, the Company acquired a 29.54% equity interest in Airtours plc ("Airtours") , a large United Kingdom, publicly traded tour company, for approximately $300 million. The Company entered into a five year $200 million multi-currency revolving credit facility and will fund approximately $157 million of the acquisition cost through the facility. In addition, the Company will issue 5,301,186 shares of Class A common stock valued at approximately $143 million to fund the remaining purchase price. This transaction will be accounted for by the Company using the equity method of accounting. The Company will begin reporting its share of Airtours operating results in its quarter ending August 31, in which it will record Airtours operating results for its quarter ending June 30. In February 1996, the Company sold an option to NCL Holding AS to purchase $101 million principal amount of 13 percent senior secured notes due 2003 of Kloster Cruise Limited (the "Kloster Bonds") that are owned by the Company. The option, which if exercised would result in a small gain to the Company, expires on May 31, 1996. ITEM 2: MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Certain statements under this caption, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", constitute "forward-looking statements" under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "Reform Act"). See Part II Other Information Item 5(a),"Forward-Looking Statements." General The Company earns its revenues primarily from (i) the sale of passenger tickets, which include accommodations, meals, most shipboard activities and in many cases airfare, and (ii) the sale of goods and services on board its cruise ships, such as casino gaming, liquor sales, gift shop sales and other related services. The Company also derives revenues from the tour operations of HAL Antillen N.V. ("HAL"). The following table presents selected segment and statistical information for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 February 28, 1995 (in thousands) REVENUES: Cruise $441,687 $412,645 Tour 7,239 7,291 Intersegment revenues (138) (116) $448,788 $419,820 OPERATING EXPENSES: Cruise $254,687 $237,499 Tour 9,147 9,846 Intersegment expenses (138) (116) $263,696 $247,229 OPERATING INCOME: Cruise $ 90,120 $ 87,207 Tour (9,145) (10,295) $ 80,975 $ 76,912 SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION: Passengers Carried 408 343 Passenger Cruise Days 2,454 2,107 Occupancy Percentage 107.1% 99.9%
The following table sets forth statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenues:
Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 February 28, 1995 REVENUES 100% 100% COSTS AND EXPENSES: Operating expenses 59 59 Selling and administrative 16 15 Depreciation and amortization 7 8 OPERATING INCOME 18 18 NONOPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE) (1) (2) NET INCOME 17% 16%
The Company's different businesses experience varying degrees of seasonality. The Company's revenue from the sale of passenger tickets for Carnival Cruise Lines' ("Carnival") ships is moderately seasonal. Historically, demand for Carnival cruises has been greatest during the period from late June through August and lower during the fall months. HAL cruise revenues are more seasonal than Carnival's cruise revenues. Demand for HAL cruises is strongest during the summer months when HAL ships operate in Alaska and Europe for which HAL obtains higher pricing. Demand for HAL cruises is lower during the winter months when HAL ships sail in the more competitive markets. The Company's tour revenues are extremely seasonal with a large majority of tour revenues generated during the late spring and summer months in conjunction with the Alaska cruise season. Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 Compared To Three Months Ended February 28, 1995 Revenues The increase in total revenues from the first quarter of 1995 to the first quarter of 1996 was comprised of a $29.0 million, or 7.0%, increase in cruise revenues. The increase in cruise revenues was primarily the result of an 8.7% increase in capacity for the period resulting from the addition of Carnival's cruise ship Imagination in July 1995. Occupancy rates were up 7% and pricing was down 7% resulting in net yield (total net revenue per lower berth) remaining essentially unchanged. Average capacity is expected to increase 14.5% during the second quarter of 1996 as compared with the same period in 1995 as a result of the delivery of the Imagination in June 1995 and the Inspiration in February 1996. During the second half of fiscal 1996, average capacity is expected to increase 13.4% as compared with the second half of fiscal 1995 as a result of the delivery of the vessels mentioned above as well as the Veendam in April 1996. See "PART II. ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION - Forward Looking Statements". Costs and Expenses Operating expenses increased $16.5 million, or 6.7%, from the first quarter of 1995 to the first quarter of 1996. Cruise operating costs increased by $17.2 million, or 7.2%, to $254.7 million in the first quarter of 1996 from $237.5 million in the first quarter of 1995, primarily due to additional costs associated with the increased capacity. Selling and administrative costs increased $7.1 million, or 11.1%, primarily due to an increase in advertising expenses and an increase in payroll and related costs during the first quarter of 1996 as compared with the same quarter of 1995. Depreciation and amortization increased by $1.3 million, or 4.2%, to $32.8 million in the first quarter of 1996 from $31.5 million in the first quarter of 1995 primarily due to the addition of the Imagination. Nonoperating Income (Expense) Total nonoperating expense (net of nonoperating income) decreased to $3.9 million for the first quarter of 1996 from $9.4 million in the first quarter of 1995. Interest income increased $5.8 million primarily due to earnings on the Kloster Bonds and an increase in cash balances. Cash balances increased due to United Kingdom regulatory requirements applicable to the Company's tender offer to acquire an interest in Airtours (see Note 6 in the accompanying financial statements for more information related to the Airtours acquisition). Gross interest expense (excluding capitalized interest) increased $.6 million as a result of additional borrowings required in connection with the acquisition of Airtours. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in interest expense due to lower average debt balances for other corporate purposes. Capitalized interest increased $2.1 million due to higher investment levels in vessels under construction. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Sources and Uses of Cash The Company's business provided $167.9 million of net cash from operations during the three months ended February 29, 1996, an increase of 72.6% compared to the corresponding period in 1995. The increase between periods was primarily the result of changes in working capital accounts, primarily customer deposits, and an increase in net income. During the three months ended February 29, 1996, the Company expended approximately $253.5 million on capital projects, of which $229.9 million was spent in connection with its ongoing shipbuilding program and $11.6 million was spent on the expansion of the Company's shore side operations facilities located in Miami, Florida. The remainder was spent on vessel refurbishments, tour assets and other equipment. Amounts expended on the shipbuilding program included payments of $219 million related to the Inspiration which was delivered in February 1996 and entered revenue producing service in late March 1996. The Company made scheduled principal payments totaling approximately $9.4 million under various individual vessel mortgage loans and repaid $105.0 million of the outstanding balance on the $750 Million Revolving Credit Facility Due 2000 (the "$750 Million Revolver") during the three months ended February 29, 1996. The Company borrowed $440.0 million under the $750 Million Revolver during the same three months in connection with the final payment of the Inspiration and for the Airtours investment described above. During the three months ended February 29, 1996, the Company declared and paid cash dividends of approximately $25.6 million. Future Commitments The Company has contracts for the delivery of six new vessels over the next four years. The Company will pay approximately $482 million during the twelve month period ending February 28, 1997 relating to the construction and delivery of those new cruise ships and approximately $1.1 billion beyond February 28, 1997. See Note 5 in the accompanying financial statements for more information related to commitments for the construction of cruise ships. In addition, the Company has $1.6 billion of long-term debt and convertible notes of which $72.8 million is due during the twelve month period ending February 28, 1997. See Note 3 in the accompanying financial statements for more information regarding the Company's debt. Also, see "PART II. ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION - Forward Looking Statements". Funding Sources Cash from operations is expected to be the Company's principal source of capital to fund its debt service requirements and ship construction costs. In addition, the Company may fund a portion of the construction cost of new ships from borrowings under its $750 Million Revolver and/or through the issuance of long-term debt in the public or private markets. As of February 29, 1996, the Company had $230 million available for borrowing under its $750 Million Revolver and an additional $250 million available under a short-term revolving credit facility to be used for general corporate purposes. In April 1996, the Company acquired a 29.54% equity interest in Airtours plc ("Airtours") , a large United Kingdom, publicly traded tour company, for approximately $300 million. The Company entered into a five year $200 million multi-currency revolving credit facility and will fund approximately $157 million of the acquisition cost through the facility. In addition, the Company will issue 5,301,186 shares of Class A common stock valued at approximately $143 million to fund the remaining purchase price. To the extent that the Company should require or choose to fund future capital commitments from sources other than operating cash or from borrowings under its revolving credit facilities, the Company believes that it will be able to secure such financing from banks or through the offering of debt and/or equity securities in the public or private markets. See "PART II. ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION - Forward Looking Statements". In this regard, the Company has filed two Registration Statements on Form S-3 (the "Shelf Registration") relating to a shelf offering of up to $500 million aggregate principal amount of debt or equity securities. Through February 29, 1996, the Company has issued $230 million of debt securities under the shelf. A balance of $270 million aggregate principal amount of debt or equity securities remains available for issuance under the Shelf Registration. PART II. OTHER INFORMATION Item 1. Legal Proceedings On September 19, 1995, a purported class action suit was filed against the Company in the United States District Court in the Southern District of Florida. The suit alleged that the Company violated the Florida Deceptive and Unfair Trade Practices Act by overcharging passengers for port charges. On April 2, 1996, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida dismissed the suit. The suit was dismissed with prejudice as to the plaintiffs' federal law claim and without prejudice as to state law claims which may be refiled in state court. ITEM 5: Other Information (a) Forward-Looking Statements Certain statements in this Form 10-Q and in the future filings by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in the Company's press releases, and in oral statements made by or with the approval of an authorized executive officer constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Reform Act. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following: general economic and business conditions which may impact levels of disposable income of consumers and pricing and passenger yields for the Company's cruise products; increases in cruise industry capacity in the Caribbean and Alaska; changes in tax laws and regulations(especially any change affecting the Company's status as a "controlled foreign corporation" as defined in Section 957(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) (see "Markets for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholders' Matters - Taxation of the Company" in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 1995); the ability of the Company to implement its shipbuilding program and to expand its business outside the North American market where it has less experience; weather patterns in the Caribbean; unscheduled ship repairs and drydocking; incidents involving cruise vessels at sea; and changes in laws and government regulations applicable to the Company (including the implementation of the "Safety of Life at Sea Convention" and changes in Federal Maritime Commission surety and guaranty arrangements). ITEM 6: EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K (a) Exhibits 4.1 Revolving credit facility dated April 1, 1996 between Carnival Corporation, Nationsbanc Capital Markets, Inc., and Nationsbank, N.A. 10.1 Letter agreement dated March 27, 1996 between Carnival Corporation and CHC Casinos Canada Limited 10.2 Letter dated February 21, 1996 to Carnival Corporation and CS First Boston Limited from David Crossland 10.3 Letter dated February 21, 1996 to Carnival Corporation and CS First Boston Limited from Thomas Trickett 10.4 Shareholders' agreement dated February 21, 1996 between Carnival Corporation and David Crossland 10.5 Subscription agreement between Carnival Corporation and Airtours plc dated February 21, 1996 11 Statement regarding computation of per share earnings 12 Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 27 Financial Data Schedule (b) Reports on Form 8-K None SIGNATURE Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. CARNIVAL CORPORATION Dated: April 10, 1996 BY /s/ Micky Arison Micky Arison Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer Dated: April 10, 1996 BY /s/ Howard S. Frank Howard S. Frank Vice-Chairman, Chief Financial and Accounting Officer INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Page No. in Sequential Numbering System Exhibits 4.1 Revolving credit facility dated April 1, 1996 between Carnival Corporation, Nationsbanc Capital Markets, Inc., and Nationsbank, N.A. 10.1 Letter agreement dated March 27, 1996 between Carnival Corporation and CHC Casinos Canada Limited 10.2 Letter dated February 21, 1996 to Carnival Corporation and CS First Boston Limited from David Crossland 10.3 Letter dated February 21, 1996 to Carnival Corporation and CS First Boston Limited from Thomas Trickett 10.4 Shareholders' agreement dated February 21, 1996 between Carnival Corporation and David Crossland 10.5 Subscription agreement between Carnival Corporation and Airtours plc dated February 21, 1996 11 Statement regarding computation of per share earnings 12 Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 27 Financial Data Schedule

                                  AGREEMENT
                                      
                            DATED APRIL 1, 1996
                                      
                                $300,000,000
                                      
                          REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
                                      
                                     FOR
                                      
                            CARNIVAL CORPORATION
                                      
                                      
                                 ARRANGED BY
                                      
                      NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.









                                      
                                   London
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
                                      
THIS AGREEMENT is dated April 1, 1996 between:-

(1)          CARNIVAL CORPORATION a company incorporated in The Republic of
             Panama (the "Company");

(2)          NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC. as arranger (in this
             capacity the "Arranger");

(3)          NATIONSBANK, N.A. as the underwriting bank in respect of the
             Committed Facility referred to below and a bid option bank;

(4)          NATIONSBANK, N.A., London Branch as Swingline Bank (in this
             capacity, the "Swingline Bank"); and 

(5)          NATIONSBANK, N.A., London Branch as facility agent (in this
             capacity the "Facility Agent"), and bid option agent (in this
             capacity the "Bid Option Agent").

IT IS AGREED as follows:-

1.           INTERPRETATION
1.1          Definitions
             In this Agreement:-

             "Acquisition"
             means the acquisition, by the Group, of up to 29.6% of the
             Shares.
             
             "Additional Borrower"
             means a member of the Group which becomes a Borrower in
             accordance with Clause 27.5 (Additional Borrowers).
             
             "Advance"
             means a Committed Advance or an Uncommitted Advance.
             
             "Affiliate"
             means a Subsidiary or a Holding Company (as defined in
             Section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) of a person and any other
             Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
             
             "Affiliated Bank"
             means a Bank which is an Affiliate of another Bank.

             "Agent"
             means the Facility Agent or the Bid Option Agent.
             
             "Bank"
             means a Committed Bank, a Bid Option Bank or the Swingline Bank.
             
             "Bid Option Bank"
             means, subject to Clauses 27.2(h) (Transfers by Banks) and
             27.4(c) (Changes in the Bid Option Banks and Bid Option Agent):-
             
             (a)  NationsBank, N.A.; or
             
             (b)  a bank or financial institution which becomes a Bid Option
                  Bank pursuant to the Novation Certificate effecting
                  Syndication or under Clause 27.4 (Changes in the Bid Option
                  Banks and Bid Option Agent),
             
             in each case in its capacity as a participant in the Uncommitted
             Advance Facility.

             "Bid Option Bank Accession Agreement"
             has the meaning given to it in Clause 27.4 (Changes in the Bid
             Option Banks and Bid Option Agent).
             
             "Borrower"
             means the Company or an Additional Borrower.
             
             "Borrower Accession Agreement"
             means a letter substantially in the form of Part III of
             Schedule 4 with such amendments as the Facility Agent may
             approve or reasonably require.
             
             "Business Day"
             means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks
             are open for business in London, New York and (in relation to
             a transaction involving an Optional Currency other than
             Sterling) the principal financial centre of the country of that
             Optional Currency.
             
             "Capital Lease"
             means, in the case of any member of the Group, any lease of any
             property (whether real, personal or mixed) by the member of the
             Group as lessee that, according to GAAP either:
             
             (a)  would be required to be classified and accounted for as a
                  capital lease on a balance sheet of that member of the
                  Group (in the case of members of the Group other than those
                  incorporated in the United Kingdom) or as a finance lease
                  (in the case of members of the Group incorporated in the
                  United Kingdom); or
             
             (b)  would otherwise be required to be disclosed as such in a
                  note to that balance sheet,
             
             in each case, according to GAAP, but excluding any such lease
             of which a member of the Group is the lessor.
             
             "Code"
             means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States of
             America, as amended from time to time and the regulations
             promulgated and rulings issued under it.

             "Commitment"
             means:
             
             (a)  in relation to a Committed Bank:
             
                  (i)  if it is a Committed Bank on the date of this
                       Agreement, the amount in Dollars set opposite its name
                       in Part I of Schedule 1; and
                  
                  (ii) if it becomes a Committed Bank after the date of
                       this Agreement, the amount of Commitment acquired by it
                       under Clause 27 (Changes to Parties); and
             
             (b)  in relation to a Bank which is not a Committed Bank:
             
                  (i)  the amount in Dollars set opposite the name of its
                       Affiliated Bank (if any) in Part I of Schedule 1 which
                       is a Committed Bank on the date of this Agreement; and
             
                  (ii) if its Affiliated Bank becomes a Committed Bank
                       after the date of this Agreement, the amount of
                       Commitment acquired by it under Clause 27 (Changes to
                       Parties),
                  
                  in each case, to the extent not cancelled, reduced or
                       transferred under this Agreement.
             
             "Committed Advance"
             means an advance made or to be made by a Committed Bank under
             the Committed Advance Facility.

             "Committed Advance Facility"
             means the facility referred to in Clause 2.1(a) (Facilities).
             
             "Committed Bank"
             means, NationsBank, N.A. in its capacity as the underwriting
             bank under the Committed Advance Facility and each other bank
             or financial institution which agrees to become a lender under
             the Committed Advance Facility in accordance with Clause 27.2
             (Transfers by Banks).
             
             "Consolidated Cash Flow"
             means net cash flow from operations of the Restricted Group, as
             shown in the consolidated statements of cash flows of the
             Restricted Group, determined in accordance with GAAP.
             
             "Default"
             means an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of
             notice or lapse of time period specified in Clause 20 (Events
             of Default), would constitute an Event of Default.
             
             "Designated Term"
             
             has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.4 (Default interest).
             
             "Dollars", "US$" and "$"
             means the lawful currency for the time being of the United
             States of America.
             
             "ERISA"
             means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 of the
             United States of America, as amended from time to time, and the
             regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.
             
             "ERISA Affiliate"
             means with respect to any person, any trade or business (whether
             or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of which such
             person is a member and which is under common control with such
             person within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code, as amended
             from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings
             issued thereunder.
             
             "Enactment of the Finance Bill"
             means the passing into law of the Finance Bill.
             
             "Event of Default"
             means an event specified as such in Clause 20.1 (Events of
             Default).

             "Facility"
             means any of the facilities referred to in Clause 2.1
             (Facilities).
             
             "Facility Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange"
             means the Facility Agent's spot rate of exchange for the
             purchase of the relevant Optional Currency in the London foreign
             exchange market with Dollars at or about 11.00 a.m. on a
             particular day.
             
             "Facility Fee"
             means the fee referred to in Clause 22.1 (Facility Fee).
             
             "Facility Office"
             means the office(s) notified by a Bank to the Facility Agent:-
             
             (a)  on or before the date it becomes a Bank; or
             
             (b)  by not less than 5 Business Days' notice,
             
             as the office(s) through which it will perform all or any of its
             obligations under this Agreement.
             
             "Fee Letter"
             means the letter dated 22nd February, 1996 between the Arranger,
             NationsBank, N.A. and the Company setting out the amount of
             various fees referred to in Clause 22 (Fees).
             
             "Final Maturity Date"
             means the date falling five years after the date of this
             Agreement.
             
             "Finance Bill"
             means the United Kingdom Finance Bill published on 4th January,
             1996 and references to the position before and after the
             Enactment of the Finance Bill are based on the assumption that
             the Finance Bill will be enacted in a form substantially similar
             to its form as at the date of this Agreement.
             
             "Finance Document"
             means this Agreement, the Fee Letter, a Novation Certificate,
             a Borrower Accession Agreement or any other document designated
             as such by the Facility Agent and the Company.
             
             "Finance Party"
             means the Arranger, a Bank or an Agent.
             
             "GAAP"
             means:
             
             (a)  in the case of the Company, the Restricted Group and the
                  Group on a consolidated basis, at any time, generally
                  accepted accounting principles in the United States of
                  America at that time; and
             
             (b)  in respect of any Borrower incorporated in the United
                  Kingdom, on an individual basis, generally accepted
                  accounting principles and practices in the United Kingdom
                  consistently applied.
             
             "Group"
             means the Company and its Subsidiaries.
             
             "HAL"
             means HAL Antillen N.V., a Company incorporated in the
             Netherlands Antilles.
             
             "HAL Subsidiaries"
             means the Subsidiaries of HAL as at the date of this Agreement.
             
             "Indebtedness"
             means:
             
             (a)  any liability of a member of the Group:
             
                  (i)  for borrowed money and debit balances at banks; or
                  
                  (ii) under any reimbursement obligation related to a
                       letter of credit or bid or performance bond facility;
                       or
                  
                  (iii)     evidenced by a bond, note, debenture or other
                       evidence of indebtedness (including evidence of a
                       purchase money obligation):
                  
                       (A)  representing extensions of credit given in
                            connection with the acquisition of any business,
                            property, service or asset of any kind, 
                       
                       (B)  including, without limitation, any liability under
                            any commodity, interest rate or currency exchange
                            hedge or swap agreement (other than a trade
                            payable or other current liability arising in the
                            ordinary course of business); or
                  
                  (iv) for obligations with respect to:
                  
                       (A)  an operating lease; or
                       
                       (B)  a lease of real or personal property that is or
                            would be classified and accounted for as a Capital
                            Lease;
                       
             (b)  any liability of others either for any lease, dividend or
                  letter of credit, or for any obligation described in
                  paragraph (a) that:
             
                  (i)  a member of the Group has guaranteed or that is
                       otherwise its legal liability (whether contingent or
                       otherwise or direct or indirect, but excluding
                       endorsements of negotiable instruments for deposit or
                       collection in the ordinary course of business); or
                  
                  (ii) is secured by any Security Interest on any
                       property or asset owned or held by a member of the
                       Group, regardless of whether the obligation secured
                       thereby shall have been assumed by or is a personal
                       liability of that person; and 
                  
             (c)  any amendment, supplement, modification, deferral, renewal,
                  extension or refunding of any liability of the types
                  referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b), above.
             
             "Insufficiency"
             means, with respect to any Plan, the amount, if any, by which
             the present value of the vested benefits under such Plan exceeds
             the fair market value of the assets of such Plan allocable to
             such benefits.
             
             "Kloster"
             means Kloster Cruise Limited, a company incorporated under the
             laws of the Islands of Bermuda.
             
             "LIBOR"
             means:
             
             (a)  in relation to an Advance or an overdue amount, the rate
                  per annum of the offered quotation for deposits in the
                  currency of that Advance or overdue amount for a period
                  comparable to its Term or Designated Term appearing on
                  Telerate Page 3740 or 3750 (as appropriate) or any
                  equivalent successor to such page or other page as
                  appropriate on the Telerate Service or such other service
                  as may, from time to time, display the British Bankers'
                  Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in the
                  relevant currency (as agreed between the Company and the
                  Facility Agent) (the "Telerate Screen"); or
             
             (b)  in relation to a Swingline Advance with a Term of 7, 14 or
                  21 days, the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to the nearest
                  four decimal places) of the rates per annum of the offered
                  quotations for deposits in the currency of that Swingline
                  Advance for a period comparable to its Term appearing on
                  the Reuters Screen LIBO or LIBP page, or any equivalent
                  successor to such page or other page as appropriate (as
                  agreed between the Company and the Swingline Bank) (the
                  "Reuters Screen"); or 
             
             (c)  in relation to a Swingline Advance with a Term of a period
                  other than 7, 14 or 21 days, the rate quoted by the
                  Swingline Bank to leading banks in the London interbank
                  market for the offering of deposits in the currency of that
                  Swingline Advance for a period comparable to its Term; or
             
             (d)  (if no relevant rate appears on the Telerate Screen or (as
                  the case may be) the Reuters Screen for the purposes of
                  paragraph (a) or (b) above):
             
                  (i)  in the case of an Advance or an overdue amount, the
                       arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places)
                       of the rates, as supplied to the Facility Agent at its
                       request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks
                       in the London interbank market for the offering of
                       deposits in the currency of that Advance or overdue
                       amount; or 
                  
        (ii)      in the case of a Swingline Advance, the rate
                  referred to in paragraph (c) above,
             
        (in each case) at or about 11.00 a.m. on the applicable Rate
        Fixing Day.
        
        "Majority Committed Banks"
        means, at any time, Committed Banks whose Commitments:-
        
        (a)  then aggregate more than 51 per cent. of the Total
        Commitments; or
        
        (b)  if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero,
             aggregated more than 51 per cent. of the Total Commitments
             immediately before the reduction.
        
        "Margin"
        means:-
        
        (a)  for a Committed Advance or a Swingline Advance, the
             applicable rate per annum determined in accordance with
             Clause 10.3 (Determination of applicable Margin and
             Facility Fee); or
        
        (b)  for an Uncommitted Advance, the margin (positive, negative
             or zero) per annum bid by the relevant Bid Option Bank for
             the making of that Uncommitted Advance.
        
        "Margin Period"
        has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.3 (Determination of
        applicable Margin and Facility Fee).
        
        "Maturity Date"
        means the last day of the Term of an Advance or a Swingline
        Advance.
        
        "MLA Cost"
        means the cost imputed to the Swingline Bank making a Swingline
        Advance in Sterling of compliance with the Mandatory Liquid
        Assets requirements of the Bank of England during the Term of
        that Swingline Advance, determined in accordance with
        Schedule 7.
        
        "Moody's"
        means Moody's Investors Service or any successor thereto.
        
        "Multiemployer Plan"
        means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3)
        of ERISA to which a person or any ERISA Affiliate is making or
        accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any
        of the preceding three plan years made or accrued an obligation
        to make contributions.
        
        "Multiple Employer Plan"
        means an employee benefit plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan,
        subject to Title IV of ERISA to which a person or any ERISA
        Affiliate and more than one employer other than such person or
        ERISA Affiliate, is making or accruing an obligation to make
        contributions or, if any such plan has been terminated, to which
        the person or any ERISA Affiliate made or accrued an obligation
        to make contributions during any of the five plan years
        preceding the date of termination of such plan.
        
        "Net Worth"
        means, at a particular date, all amounts which would, in
        accordance with GAAP, be included in shareholders' equity on a
        consolidated balance sheet of the Group or the Restricted Group
        as at such date.
        
        "Non Windstar Group"
        means the Group excluding the Windstar Group.
        
        "Novation Certificate"
        means:
        
        (a)  a duly completed certificate substantially in the form of
        Part I of Schedule 4; or
        
        (b)  (in the case of a novation effecting Syndication) an
             agreement substantially in the form of Schedule 6, duly
             executed by the parties thereto with such amendments as the
             Company and the Agent may agree.

        "Obligor"
        means the Company (in its capacity as guarantor under this
        Agreement) or any Borrower.
        
        "Option"
        means:
        
        (a)  any right to buy or sell specific property in exchange for
             an agreed sum;
        
        (b)  any right to receive funds, the amount of which is
             determined by reference to the value of capital stock or
             the purchase price thereof;
        
        (c)  any right of the type or kind referred to as a "phantom
             stock right" in the United States of America; and
        
        (d)  any other right commonly known or referred to as an option.
        
        "Optional Currency"
        means Sterling or any other readily available and freely
        transferable currency other than Dollars agreed by the Company
        and the Banks.
        
        "Original Accounts"
        means:
        
        (a)  in the case of the Company each of:
        
             (i)  the consolidated annual audited balance sheet of the
                  Company as at 30th November, 1995; and
        
             (ii) the related statements of operations and
                  statements of cash flows of the Company and its
                  Subsidiaries for the financial year then ended; and
        
        (b)  in the case of each Borrower other than the Company, its
             most recent audited financial statements (if any) as at the
             date that it becomes a Party.
        
        "Original Dollar Amount"
        means:-
        
        (a)  the principal amount of a Utilisation, Advance or Swingline
             Advance denominated in Dollars; or
        
        (b)  the principal amount of a Utilisation, Advance or Swingline
             Advance denominated in an Optional Currency, translated
             into Dollars on the basis of the Facility Agent's Spot Rate
             of Exchange on the date of receipt by the relevant Agent of
             the Request for that Utilisation, Advance or Swingline
             Advance.
        
        "Party"
        means a party to this Agreement.
        
        "PBGC"
        means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of the United
        States of America or any entity or entities succeeding to all
        of its functions under ERISA.
        
        "Plan"
        means, at any time, any employee pension benefit plan maintained
        by any person, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate
        of any of them which employee pension benefit plan is covered
        by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding
        standards of the Code.
        
        "Prescribed Time"
        means the time set opposite the number of a sub-Clause or
        paragraph of Clauses 5 (The Committed Advance Facility) and 6
        (The Uncommitted Advance Facility) under the heading "Time" in
        Schedule 5.
        
        "Qualifying Bank"
        means an institution which is:

        (a)  for the time being a financial institution recognised by
             the United Kingdom Inland Revenue as carrying on through
             its Facility Office a bona fide banking business in the
             United Kingdom for the purposes of Section 349(3) of the
             Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 ("ICTA") (as in force
             at the date of this Agreement) or, after the Enactment of
             the Finance Bill, a bank as defined in ICTA for the purpose
             of S.349 of ICTA and which brings into account as a trading
             receipt of that business any amount payable or paid to it
             under this Agreement; or
        
        (b)  a financial institution lending through any other branch,
             affiliate or agency if, at the time such financial
             institution becomes a Party, the financial institution or
             affiliate (as the case may be) is a resident in a country
             with which the U.K. has an appropriate double taxation
             treaty pursuant to which and in respect of which the U.K.
             Inspector of Foreign Dividends has confirmed to the Company
             that that financial institution or affiliate (as the case
             may be) is entitled to receive principal, interest and fees
             under this Agreement from the Borrowers without withholding
             of U.K. income tax.
        
        "Rate Fixing Day"
        means:
        
        (a)  the Utilisation Date for a Swingline Advance denominated in
             Sterling; or
        
        (b)  the second Business Day before the Utilisation Date for a
             Swingline Advance denominated in Dollars or for any
             Advance.
        
        "Reference Banks"
        means, subject to Clause 27.6 (Reference Banks), the principal
        London offices of NationsBank N.A., London Branch, and two other
        Banks selected by the Company and the Agent following
        Syndication.
        
        "Request"
        means a request made by a Borrower to utilise a Facility,
        substantially in the form of Schedule 3.
        
        "Requested Amount"
        means the amount of the Utilisation or Swingline Advance
        requested in a Request.
        
        "Reset Date"
        has the meaning given to it in Clause 10.3 (Determination of
        applicable Margin and Facility Fee).

        "Restricted Group"
        means the Group excluding the Specified Subsidiaries.
        
        "Rollover Advance"
        means in relation to any particular date, one or more
        Utilisations (each a "new Utilisation"):
        
        (a)  whose Utilisation Date is the same as the Maturity Date of
             one or more existing Utilisations (each an "existing
             Utilisation");
        
        (b)  where:
             
             (i)  the aggregate Original Dollar Amounts of those new
                  Utilisations is equal to or less than,
             
             (ii) the aggregate principal amount of those existing
                  Utilisations (if not in Dollars, translated into
                  Dollars on the basis of the Facility Agent's Spot Rate
                  of Exchange on the date of receipt by the Facility
                  Agent of the Request for the relevant new
                  Utilisation(s)); 
             
             and
        
        (c)  all of the proceeds of which are used to refinance all or
             part of the existing Utilisations referred to above.
        
        "Security Interest"
        means any lien, charge, easement, claim, mortgage, Option,
        pledge, right of first refusal, right of security interest,
        servitude, transfer restriction or other encumbrance or any
        restriction or limitation of any kind (including, without
        limitation, any adverse claim to title, conditional sale or
        other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof
        and any agreement to give any security interest).
        
        "Shares"
        means all of the ordinary voting shares and preference shares
        of Airtours Plc in issue on the date of this Agreement or to be
        issued in connection with the Company's acquisition of a 29.6%
        interest in Airtours Plc.
        
        "Solvent"
        means with respect to any member of the Group (other than a
        member of the Group the material part of whose Indebtedness is
        guaranteed by the Company) on a particular date, that on such
        date:
        
        (a)  the fair market value of the assets of that member of the
             Group is greater than the total amount of its liabilities
             (including the present or expected value of contingent
             liabilities);
        
        (b)  the present fair saleable value of the assets of that
             member of the Group is greater than the amount that will be
             required to pay its probable liabilities in respect of its
             debts as they become absolute and matured;
        
        (c)  that member of the Group is able to realise upon its assets
             and pay its debts and other liabilities, including
             contingent obligations as they mature;
        
        (d)  that member of the Group does not have unreasonably small
             capital; and
        
        (e)  that member of the Group does not intend to or believe it
             will incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature.
        
        "Specified Subsidiary"
        means Kloster and each of its Subsidiaries.
        
        "S&P"
        means Standard & Poor's Corporation or any successor thereto.
        
        "Subsidiary"
        means, with respect to any person, any corporation, association,
        partnership or other business entity of which a majority of the
        voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors,
        managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned, directly or
        indirectly, by such person or by one or more other Subsidiaries
        of such person, or by such person and one or more of its other
        Subsidiaries, or a combination thereof.

        "Swap"
        means any interest rate, commodity or currency swap or other
        similar transaction entered into by any member of the Group,
        whether or not entered into for the purpose of hedging any
        exposure or liability of that or any other member of the Group.
        
        "Swingline Advance"
        means an advance made or to be made by the Swingline Bank under
        the Swingline Facility.
        
        "Swingline Commitment"
        means, in the case of the Swingline Bank, subject to Clause 27.2
        (Transfers by Banks), the amount in Dollars set opposite its
        name in Part II of Schedule 1 to the extent not cancelled,
        reduced or transferred under this Agreement.
        
        "Swingline Facility"
        means the facility referred to in Clause 2.1(c) (Facilities).
        
        "Syndication"
        means the initial syndication by the Arranger and the subsequent
        transfer by the Bank originally party to this Agreement of a
        portion of the Total Commitments to banks and financial
        institutions which are not original Parties.
        
        "Syndication Date"
        means the date upon which those banks and financial institutions
        which accept an invitation to participate in the Total
        Commitments pursuant to Syndication (or substantially all of
        them) become Banks.
        
        "Tangible Net Worth"
        means, in respect of the Company, at any time:
        
        (a)  the sum, to the extent shown on its balance sheet, of:
        
             (i)  the amount of issued and outstanding share capital, but
                  less the cost of treasury shares; plus
             
             (ii) the amount of surplus and retained earnings,
             
        less
        
        (b)  intangible assets as determined in accordance with GAAP.
        
        "Term"
        means the period selected by a Borrower in a Request for which
        the relevant Advance, Swingline Advance or Utilisation is to be
        outstanding.
        
        "Termination Event"
        means:
        
        (a)  a "reportable event", as such term is described in
             Section 4043 of ERISA (other than a "reportable event" not
             subject to the provision for 30 day notice to the PBGC), or
             an event described in Section 4068(f) of ERISA; or
        
        (b)  the withdrawal of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from
             a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year in which it was
             a "substantial employer", as such term is defined in
             Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or the incurrence of liability
             by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate under Section 4064 of
             ERISA upon the termination of a Multiple Employer Plan; or
        
        (c)  the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the
             treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under
             Section 4041A of ERISA; or
        
        (d)  the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the
             PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA; or
        
        (e)  any other event or condition which might constitute grounds
             under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the
             appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan.
        
        "Total Capital"
        means the sum of the Total Debt and Tangible Net Worth of the
        Restricted Group, but excluding therefrom any Indebtedness or
        amounts due or received under any Swap.
        
        "Total Commitments"
        means the aggregate for the time being of the Commitments, being
        $300,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.
        
        "Total Debt"
        means, at a particular date, the sum of:
        
        (a)  all amounts which would, in accordance with GAAP,
             constitute short term debt and long term debt of the
             Restricted Group as of such date; and
        
        (b)  the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding on such date and
             not included in the amounts specified in paragraph (a),
             singly or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Million
             Dollars ($50,000,000), of any person other than members of
             the Restricted Group, which Indebtedness:
        
             (i)  has been and remains guaranteed on such date by or is
                  otherwise the legal liability of a member of the
                  Restricted Group (whether contingent or otherwise or
                  direct or indirect, but excluding endorsements of
                  negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the
                  ordinary course of business); or 
             
             (ii) is secured by any Security Interest on any
                  property or asset owned or held by a member of the
                  Restricted Group, regardless of whether the obligation
                  secured thereby shall have been assumed or is a
                  personal liability of a member of the Restricted Group 
             
        except that the foregoing shall not be interpreted to include
        any Indebtedness under any Swap.
             
        "Uncommitted Advance"
        means an advance made or to be made by a Bid Option Bank under
        the Uncommitted Advance Facility.
        
        "Uncommitted Advance Facility"
        means the facility referred to in Clause 2.1(b) (Facilities).
        
        "Utilisation"
        means all the Advances made or to be made following the giving
        by a Borrower of a Request for those Advances.
        
        "Utilisation Date"
        means the date for the making of the relevant Advance, Swingline
        Advance or Utilisation.
        
        "Windstar Group"
        means Windstar Sail Cruises Ltd and its Subsidiaries.
        
        "Withdrawal Liability"
        shall have the meaning given such term under Part I of
        Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
        
1.2     Construction
(a)     In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a
reference to:-

        (i)  "assets" includes properties, revenues and rights of every
        description;

             an "authorisation" includes an authorisation, consent,
             approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing,
             registration and notarisation;
             
             a "month" is a reference to a period starting on one day in
             a calendar month and ending on the numerically
             corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that,
             if there is no numerically corresponding day in the month
             in which that period ends, that period shall end on the
             last Business Day in that calendar month;
             
             a "regulation" includes any regulation, rule, official
             directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the
             force of law but if in relation to any Bank or Party, is
             one with which banks or companies engaged in a similar
             business to that Party would customarily comply) of any
             governmental body, agency, department or regulatory,
             self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

        (ii) a provision of a law is a reference to that provision
        as amended or re-enacted;

        (iii)     a Clause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause of or
        a schedule to this Agreement;

        (iv) a person includes its successors and assigns;
        
        (v)  a Finance Document or another document is a reference to
             that Finance Document or that other document as amended,
             novated or supplemented; and
        
        (vi) a time of day is a reference to London time.

(b)     Unless the contrary intention appears, a term used in any other
        Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection
        with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance
        Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(c)     The index to and the headings in this Agreement are for
        convenience only and are to be ignored in construing this
        Agreement.

1.3     Financial definitions
        In this Agreement:
        
        (a)  accounting terms used in the definitions of "Total Debt",
             "Total Capital", "Consolidated Cash Flow", "Capital Lease"
             and "Tangible Net Worth" in Clause 1.1 (Definitions) and
             accounting terms which are otherwise undefined are to be
             calculated in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;
             and
        
        (b)  (save as otherwise provided in this Agreement) any amount
             denominated in a currency other than Dollars is to be taken
             into account at its Dollar equivalent calculated on the
             basis of the Facility Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange on the
             day the relevant amount falls to be calculated.
        
2.      THE FACILITIES
2.1     Facilities
        The Banks grant to the Borrowers the following facilities:-

        (a)  a committed multicurrency advance facility under which the
             Committed Banks shall, when requested by a Borrower, make
             to that Borrower Committed Advances;
        
        (b)  an uncommitted multicurrency advance facility under which
             a Borrower may invite offers from the Bid Option Banks to
             make to that Borrower Uncommitted Advances; and
        
        (c)  in the case of the Swingline Bank, a committed swingline
             advance facility under which the Swingline Bank shall, when
             requested by a Borrower, make to that Borrower Swingline
             Advances in Dollars or in Sterling in an aggregate Original
             Dollar Amount not exceeding, at any time, the Swingline
             Commitment,

        in each case subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.2     Overall facility limits
(a)     The aggregate Original Dollar Amount of all outstanding
        Utilisations shall not at any time exceed the Total Commitments
        at that time.

(b)     The aggregate Original Dollar Amount of all outstanding
        Swingline Advances shall not at any time exceed the Swingline
        Commitment at that time.

2.3     Limits applicable to the Committed Advance Facility and the
Swingline Facility
(a)     The Committed Banks are not obliged to make Advances if the
        aggregate principal amount of those Advances would cause the
        aggregate of the applicable outstandings of all the Committed
        Banks to exceed the Total Commitments during the Term of those
        Advances.

(b)     For the purpose of this Clause 2.3, the "applicable
        outstandings" of a Committed Bank on any Utilisation Date is the
        aggregate Original Dollar Amount of:

        (i)  all Advances made by that Bank (both in its capacity as a
             Committed Bank and a Bid Option Bank) and its Affiliated
             Bank which would be outstanding on that Utilisation Date,
             if:-

             (A)  all outstanding Utilisations having Maturity Dates
                  which fall on or before that Utilisation Date are
                  repaid;
             
             (B)  all Utilisations of the Committed Advance Facility to
                  be made on or before that Utilisation Date and in
                  respect of which a Request has been received by the
                  Facility Agent are made; and
             
             (C)  all Utilisations of the Uncommitted Advance Facility to
                  be made on or before that Utilisation Date and in
                  respect of which a Borrower has accepted offers from
                  the relevant Banks are made; and
             
        (ii) (A)  in the case of a Committed Bank which is also the
                  Swingline Bank, all of the Swingline Advances made by
                  it which would be outstanding on that Utilisation Date,
                  if:
        
                  (1)  all Swingline Advances having Maturity Dates
                       falling on or before that Utilisation Date are
                       repaid; and
                  
                  (2)  all Swingline Advances to be borrowed on or before
                       that Utilisation Date and in respect of which a
                       Request has been received by the Swingline Bank
                       are made;
                  
                  but, for the purposes of this sub-paragraph (A), the
                  Swingline Bank's applicable outstandings shall be
                  deemed reduced by an amount equal to the applicable
                  outstandings of the other Committed Banks referred to
                  in sub-paragraph (B) below;

        (B)       in the case of each other Committed Bank, its
                  proportionate liability in respect of all outstanding
                  Swingline Advances (after taking into account the
                  adjustments in sub-paragraphs (A)(1) and (2) above)
                  under Clause 5.7 (Committed Banks' guarantee of
                  Swingline Facility).
        
(c)     If a Utilisation under the Committed Advance Facility would
        otherwise cause the applicable outstandings of the Committed
        Banks to exceed the Total Commitments, then the Requested Amount
        of that Utilisation shall be reduced to the extent necessary to
        ensure that after that Utilisation is made, the applicable
        outstandings will not exceed the Total Commitments during the
        term of the Advances comprised in that Utilisation.  

(d)     The Swingline Bank is not obliged to make a Swingline Advance
        if the principal amount of that Swingline Advance would cause
        the aggregate of the applicable outstandings (as defined in
        paragraph (b) above, but excluding sub-paragraph (b)(ii)(B)) to
        exceed the Total Commitments during the Term of that Swingline
        Advance.

2.4     Number of Requests and Utilisations
        No Request may specify a Utilisation Date which is within 5
        Business Days of another Utilisation Date, although up to 5
        Utilisations or Swingline Advances may be made on the same day. 
        Subject to the above, any number of Requests may be delivered
        on the same day and/or specifying the same Utilisation Date,
        whether or not the currencies and Terms requested are similar.

2.5     Nature of a Finance Party's rights and obligations
(a)     The obligations of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents
        are several.  Failure of a Finance Party to carry out those
        obligations does not relieve any other Party of its obligations
        under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible
        for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance
        Documents.

(b)     The rights of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are
        divided rights.  A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated
        in the Finance Documents, separately enforce those rights.

3.      PURPOSE
(a)     Each Borrower shall apply each Utilisation and each Swingline
        Advance made to it towards its general corporate purposes
        including funding the Acquisition.

(b)     Without affecting the obligations of any Obligor in any way, no
        Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of
        the proceeds of any Utilisation or Swingline Advance.

4.      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
4.1     Documentary conditions precedent
        The obligations of each Finance Party to any Obligor under this
        Agreement are subject to the condition precedent that the
        Facility Agent has notified the Company and the Banks that it
        has received or waived all of the documents set out in Part I
        of Schedule 2 in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility
        Agent.

4.2     Further conditions precedent
        The obligations of each Bank to participate in a Utilisation and
        of the Swingline Bank to make Swingline Advances are subject to
        the further conditions precedent that:-

        (a)  on both the date of the Request and the Utilisation Date
             for that Utilisation or Swingline Advance:-

             (i)  the representations and warranties in Clause 18
                  (Representations and warranties) to be repeated on
                  those dates are correct in all material respects and
                  will be correct in all material respects immediately
                  after the Utilisation or the making of that Swingline
                  Advance; and
        
             (ii) (A)  in the case of a Rollover Utilisation, no
                  Event of Default; or
        
                  (B)  in the case of a Utilisation other than a Rollover
                       Utilisation and of a Swingline Advance, no Default 
        
                  in each case, is outstanding or might result from the
                       Utilisation; and 

        (b)  the Utilisation or Swingline Advance would not cause
             Clause 2.2 (Overall facility limit) to be contravened.

5.      THE COMMITTED ADVANCE FACILITY
5.1     Receipt of Requests
        A Borrower may utilise the Committed Advance Facility if the
        Facility Agent receives, not later than the Prescribed Time, a
        duly completed Request.

5.2     Completion of Requests
        A Request will not be regarded as having been duly completed
        unless:-

        (a)  the Utilisation Date is a Business Day;
        
        (b)  only one currency is specified and the Requested Amount is
             (subject to Clause 2.3 (Limits applicable to the Committed
             Advance Facility and the Swingline Facility)):-
        
             (i)  if the currency is Dollars, a minimum of U.S.$5,000,000
                  and an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000,000; or
             
             (ii) if the currency is Sterling, a minimum of
                  L3,000,000 and an integral multiple of L500,000; or
             
             (iii)     if the currency is an Optional Currency other than
                  Sterling, a minimum and integral multiple of the
                  amounts agreed between the Company and the Facility
                  Agent before the delivery of that Request; or
        
             (iv) such other amount as the Facility Agent and the
             Company may agree;
        
        (c)  only one Term is specified which:-
        
             (i)  does not overrun the Final Maturity Date; and
             
             (ii) is a period of an approved duration or an optional
             duration;
        
        (d)  the payment instructions comply with Clause 12 (Payments);
        and
        
        (e)  the then current rating applicable to the Company's long
             term debt by S&P and/or Moody's is stated.
        
        In this Clause:-
        
        "approved duration" means a period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months; and
        
        "optional duration" means any other period up to 12 months
        approved by the Facility Agent on the instructions of the
        Committed Banks.
        
5.3     Amount of each Committed Bank's Advance
        The amount of a Committed Bank's Advance will be the proportion
        of the Requested Amount (as reduced, if necessary, in accordance
        with Clause 2.3 (Limits applicable to the Committed Advance
        Facility and the Swingline Facility)) which its Commitment bears
        to the Total Commitments on the date of receipt of the relevant
        Request.

5.4     Notification of the Committed Banks
        The Facility Agent shall, not later than the Prescribed Time,
        notify each Committed Bank of the details of the requested
        Advances and the amount of its Advance.

5.5     Payment of Proceeds
        Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Committed Bank
        shall make its Advance available to the Facility Agent for the
        Borrower on the relevant Utilisation Date.

5.6     Selection of an optional duration
(a)     If a Borrower selects a Term of an optional duration, it may
        also select in the relevant Request a Term of an approved
        duration to apply if the selection of a Term of an optional
        duration becomes ineffective in accordance with paragraph (b)
        below.

(b)     If:-

        (i)  a Borrower requests a Term of an optional duration; and
        
        (ii) the Facility Agent determines, not later than the
             Prescribed Time, that matching deposits are not available
             to a Committed Bank in the London interbank market to fund
             the Utilisation for that Term,
        
        the Term for the proposed Utilisation shall be the alternative
        period specified in the relevant Request or, in the absence of
        any alternative selection, 1 month.
        
(c)     If the Facility Agent makes a determination under paragraph (b)
        above, it shall notify the relevant Borrower and the other
        Committed Banks of the new Term for the proposed Advances not
        later than the Prescribed Time.

5.7     Committed Banks' guarantee of Swingline Facility
(a)     Each Bank other than the Swingline Bank (to the extent that it
        is also a Committed Bank) guarantees to the Swingline Bank as
        a principal obligor and not merely as a surety and as a
        continuing obligation of that Committed Bank, the due and
        punctual payment of all principal, interest and other amounts
        payable now or in the future to the Swingline Bank by the
        Obligors under or in respect of the Swingline Facility.

(b)     If a Borrower is in default in payment of any such amount, the
        Committed Banks other than the Swingline Bank (to the extent
        that it is also a Committed Bank) will, within three Business
        Days after a written demand from the Swingline Bank is received
        by the Facility Agent, pay all sums in respect of principal,
        interest and any other amount which may be payable thereunder
        and certified as such in that demand PROVIDED THAT the liability
        of the Committed Banks under this Clause 5.7 is subject to the
        following conditions:

        (i)  the maximum aggregate Original Dollar Amount of the
             Swingline Advances in respect of which the Committed Banks
             are liable under this guarantee shall not, at any time,
             exceed the Swingline Commitment at that time and the
             maximum aggregate liability of the Committed Banks under
             this guarantee, at any time, shall not exceed the amount of
             those Swingline Advances plus all interest and or other
             amounts due to the Swingline Bank under or in respect of
             the Swingline Facility;
        
        (ii) the liability of each Committed Bank is several (and
             not joint or joint and several) and is limited, in respect
             of each demand, to the proportion of the amount demanded
             which its Commitment on the date of the demand bears to the
             Total Commitments on that date;
        
        (iii)     the aggregate liability of the Committed Banks (other
             than the Swingline Bank) in respect of any amount demanded
             under this Clause 5.7 shall be reduced by a portion of that
             amount equal to the proportion which the Swingline Bank's
             Commitment (in its capacity as Committed Bank) bears to the
             Total Commitments;
        
        (iv) upon payment by the Committed Banks of all amounts
             capable of being demanded hereunder, the Swingline Bank
             will (provided all liabilities of the Obligors to the
             Swingline Bank under the Swingline Facility have been
             irrevocably and unconditionally discharged) forthwith
             assign to the Committed Banks all claims, rights and
             security which the Swingline Bank may now or hereafter have
             against an Obligor and which would have been applied
             towards the sum guaranteed and each Obligor expressly
             consents to such an assignment; and
        
        (v)  the liability of each Bank under this Clause 5.7 shall
             expire at (and accordingly no demand may be made by the
             Swingline Bank pursuant to this paragraph (b) in respect of
             liabilities incurred by the Obligors to the Swingline Bank
             after) close of business on the Business Day after the
             Final Maturity Date, but such expiry shall not prejudice
             the rights of the Swingline Bank against the Committed
             Banks in respect of or relating to liabilities of the
             Obligors occurring or arising on or before that date.

(c)     Any payments made by the Committed Banks to the Swingline Bank
        for the account of an Obligor shall only be considered to be
        payments made hereunder and shall only reduce the liability of
        the Committed Banks hereunder if such payments are made
        following a demand by the Swingline Bank under this Clause 5.7.

5.8     Acknowledgement of subrogation
        Each Obligor agrees and acknowledges that, to the extent that
        any Committed Bank makes any payment to the Swingline Bank under
        Clause 5.7 (Committed Bank's guarantee of Swingline Facility)
        that Committed Bank will automatically and immediately be
        subrogated to any rights the Swingline Bank may have against any
        Obligor or their respective assets in respect of the amount so
        paid.

5.9     Obligors' counter-indemnity to the Committed Banks
(a)     Each Obligor undertakes, on demand, to indemnify and hold
        harmless each Finance Party from and against all liabilities,
        reasonable costs, losses, damages and expenses which the Finance
        Party may incur or sustain by reason of or arising in any way
        whatsoever in connection with or by reference to the Swingline
        Facility or that Finance Party's performance of the obligations
        expressed to be assumed by it under or in respect of the
        Swingline Facility (including, without limitation under Clause
        5.7 (Committed Banks' guarantee of Swingline Facility)).

(b)     Each Obligor agrees and acknowledges that its obligations under
        this Clause 5.9 shall not be affected by any act, omission,
        matter or thing which but for this provision might operate to
        release or otherwise exonerate it from its obligations under
        this Clause 5.9 in whole or in part, including without
        limitation and whether or not known to it:

        (i)  any time or waiver granted to or composition with a Finance
             Party or any other person;
        
        (ii) any taking, variation, compromise, renewal or release
             of, or refusal or neglect to perfect or enforce, any
             rights, remedies or securities available to any Finance
             Party or other person or arising under or in respect of the
             Swingline Facility; or
        
        (iii)     any variation or extension of or increase in
             liabilities under the Swingline Facility, so that
             references in this Agreement to the Swingline Facility
             shall include each such variation, extension and variation.
        
(c)     This shall be a continuing indemnity, shall extend to the
        ultimate balance of the obligations and liabilities of each
        Obligor under this Clause 5.9 and shall continue in force
        notwithstanding any intermediate payment in whole or in part of
        such obligations or liabilities.

(d)     The obligations of each Obligor under this Clause 5.9 shall be
        in addition to and shall not be in any way prejudiced by any
        collateral or other security now or hereafter held by any
        Finance Party as security or any lien to which that Finance
        Party may be entitled.

(e)     No invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of this
        Clause 31.6 shall affect any rights of indemnity or otherwise
        which any Finance Party would or may have in the absence of or
        in addition to this Clause 5.9

6.      THE UNCOMMITTED ADVANCE FACILITY AND COMPETITIVE BID OPTION
6.1     Receipt of Requests
        A Borrower may exercise the competitive bid option and utilise
        the Uncommitted Advance Facility if the Bid Option Agent
        receives, not later than the Prescribed Time, a duly completed
        Request.

6.2     Completion of Requests
        A Request will not be regarded as being duly completed unless:-

        (a)  the Utilisation Date is a Business Day;
        
        (b)  only one currency is specified and the Requested Amount is
             (subject to Clause 2.3 (Limits applicable to the Committed
             Advance Facility and the Swingline Facility)):-
        
             (i)  if the currency is Dollars, a minimum of U.S.$5,000,000
                  and an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000,000; or
             
             (ii) if the currency is Sterling a minimum of
                  L3,000,000 and an integral multiple of L100,000; or
             
             (iii)     if the currency is an Optional Currency other than
                  Sterling a minimum and integral multiple of the amounts
                  agreed between the Company and the Facility Agent
                  before the delivery of that Request; or

             (iv) such other amount as the Bid Option Agent and the
             Company may agree;

        (c)  the requested Term is specified which:-

             (i)  does not overrun the Final Maturity Date; and
             
             (ii) is a period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months or all of them.
             
        (d)  the payment instructions comply with Clause 12 (Payments);
        and
        
        (e)  the then current rating applicable to the Company's long
             term debt by S&P and/or Moody's is stated.

6.3     Invitations to the Bid Option Banks
        The Bid Option Agent shall, not later than the Prescribed Time,
        notify each Bid Option Bank of the details of the requested
        Advances.

6.4     Offers from the Bid Option Banks
(a)     Each Bid Option Bank may make up to four offers to make any
        Advances, but the Bid Option Agent must receive, not later than
        the Prescribed Time, a notice marked "CARNIVAL CORPORATION -
        Uncommitted Advances" specifying, in respect of each offer:-

        (i)  the name of the Bid Option Bank;
        
        (ii) the name of the Borrower;

        (iii)     the Utilisation Date;
        
        (iv) its principal amount, which shall be:-
        
             (1)  an integral multiple of U.S.$500,000; or
             
             (2)  an integral multiple of L500,000; or
             
             (3)  an integral multiple of the relevant amount agreed
                  between the Company and the Facility Agent,

             as appropriate;

        (v)  its Margin, expressed as an annual percentage rate to four
        decimal places; and
        
        (vi) if the relevant Request specifies more than one Term,
             the Term for which that Bid Option Bank is prepared to
             permit the Advance specified in its offer to be
             outstanding.

        The Bid Option Agent shall disregard offers which are received
        by it later than the Prescribed Time.

(b)     Each offer made by a Bid Option Bank under paragraph (a) above
        shall be treated as a separate and irrevocable offer which will
        remain available until the Prescribed Time whereupon it shall
        lapse if not accepted.

(c)     An offer by the Bid Option Agent or one of its Affiliates in its
        capacity as a Bid Option Bank shall be disregarded unless
        notified to the Borrower not later than the Prescribed Time.

(d)     The Bid Option Agent shall, not later than the Prescribed Time,
        notify the Borrower of any valid offers, specifying in respect
        of each offer:-

        (i)  the name of the offeror;
        
        (ii) its principal amount; and
        
        (iii)     its Margin.

6.5     Acceptance of Offers
(a)     (i)  If the Borrower wishes to accept any offers made under
             Clause 6.4 (Offers from the Bid Option Banks), the Bid
             Option Agent must receive from the Borrower, not later than
             the Prescribed Time, notice of the aggregate principal
             amount of offers which it wishes to accept (the "Accepted
             Amount").

        (ii) The Accepted Amount shall be:-

             (1)  an integral multiple of U.S.$500,000; or
             
             (2)  an integral multiple of L500,000; or
             
             (3)  an integral multiple of the relevant amount agreed
                  between the Company and Facility Agent,
             
             as appropriate, and may, so long as the limit contained in
             Clause 2.2 (Overall Facility limit) would not be exceeded,
             exceed the Requested Amount.

        (iii)     Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each acceptance
             of an offer shall be irrevocable and binding on the
             Borrower and the relevant Bid Option Bank.

        (iv) If the Borrower fails so to notify the Bid Option
             Agent, the Borrower may not proceed with the Utilisation
             and the relevant offers shall lapse.

(b)     (i)  Subject to sub-paragraph (ii) below, the Borrower may only
             accept offers in ascending order of their Margins.

        (ii) If two or more offers at the same Margin fall to be
             partially accepted, the Borrower may only accept those
             offers rateably in the proportion which their respective
             principal amounts bear to each other.
        
        (iii)     The last offer or offers to be accepted in accordance
             with either or both of sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) above
             shall be accepted only to the extent that the aggregate
             principal amount of offers accepted does not exceed the
             Accepted Amount.

(c)     The Bid Option Agent shall, not later than the Prescribed Time,
        notify each Bid Option Bank which has made any offer(s) whether
        or not its offer(s) have been accepted, and, if so, specifying
        in respect of each such offer:-

        (i)  the principal amount of its Advance; and
        
        (ii) the applicable Margin.

6.6     Payment of Proceeds
        Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each relevant Bid Option
        Bank shall make its Advance available to the Facility Agent for
        the Borrower on the relevant Utilisation Date.
        
7.      THE SWINGLINE ADVANCE FACILITY
7.1     Receipt of Requests
(a)     A Borrower may utilise the Swingline Advance Facility if the
        Swingline Bank receives a duly completed Request, not later
        than:

        (i)  12 noon on the Business Day before the relevant Utilisation
             Date (in the case of a Swingline Advance denominated in
             Sterling); or 
        
        (ii) 9.30 a.m. on the second Business Day before the
             relevant Utilisation Date (in the case of a Swingline
             Advance denominated in Dollars).

(b)     The Swingline Bank shall, not later than 3.00 p.m. on the
        Business Day before the relevant Utilisation Date, notify the
        Facility Agent (which shall promptly notify the Committed Banks)
        of any Request for a Swingline Advance.

7.2     Form of Request
        A Request will not be regarded as having been duly completed
        unless:-
        
        (a)  the Utilisation Date is a Business Day;
        
        (b)  it is stated whether the Swingline Advance is to be in
             Dollars or in Sterling and the Requested Amount is (subject
             to Clause 2.3 (Limits applicable to the Committed Advance
             Facility and the Swingline Facility)):
        
             (i)  if the currency is Dollars, a minimum of US$500,000 and
                  an integral multiple of US$100,000; and
             
             (ii) if the currency is Sterling a minimum of L500,000
                  and an integral multiple of L100,000; or
             
             (iii)     such other minimum amounts as the Company and the
                  Swingline Bank may agree.
             
        (c)  only one Term is specified, which:-
             
             (i)  does not overrun the Final Maturity Date; and
             
             (ii) is a period not exceeding 21 days;
             
        (d)  the payment instructions comply with Clause 12 (Payments);
             and
        
        (e)  the then current rating applicable to the Company's long
             term debt by S&P and/or Moody's is stated.

7.3     Payment of Proceeds
        Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Swingline Bank shall
        make the Swingline Advance available to the relevant Borrower
        on the relevant Utilisation Date.

8.      REPAYMENT
(a)     Each Borrower shall repay each Advance made or transferred to
        it in full on its Maturity Date to the Facility Agent for the
        relevant Bank.

(b)     Each Borrower shall repay each Swingline Advance made to it in
        full on its Maturity Date to the Swingline Bank.

9.      PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
9.1     Automatic Cancellation of the Total Commitments
        The Swingline Commitment and the Commitment of each Committed
        Bank shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on
        the Final Maturity Date.

9.2     Voluntary cancellation and prepayment
(a)     The Company may, by giving not less than 14 days' prior notice
        to the Facility Agent, cancel the unutilised portion of the
        Total Commitments in whole or in part (but, if in part, in an
        integral multiple of $5,000,000).  Any cancellation in part
        shall be applied against the Commitment of each Committed Bank
        pro rata.

(b)     Subject to Clause 23.2 (Other indemnities) a Borrower may, by
        giving not less than 4 Business Days prior notice to the
        Facility Agent, prepay a Utilisation in whole or in part (but
        if in part in an integral multiple of $5,000,000).  Any such
        prepayment shall be applied against all of the Advances in that
        Utilisation pro rata.

(c)     The Company may, by giving not less than 14 days' prior notice
        to the Swingline Bank and the Facility Agent, cancel the
        unutilised portion of the Swingline Commitment in integral
        multiples of $1,000,000.

9.3     Additional right of prepayment and cancellation
        If any Obligor is required to pay any amount to a Bank under
        Clause 13 (Taxes) or Clause 15 (Increased costs), the Company
        may, whilst the circumstances giving rise to the requirement
        continue, serve a notice of prepayment and cancellation on that
        Bank through the Facility Agent.  If the Company serves a notice
        of prepayment and cancellation on a Bank:

        (a)  each Borrower shall prepay any Advances made to it by that
             Bank or its Affiliated Bank together with all other amounts
             payable by it to that Bank or its Affiliated Bank under
             this Agreement on the date falling 5 Business Days after
             the date of service of the notice;
        
        (b)  if the Bank is a Committed Bank or an Affiliate of a
             Committed Bank, its Commitment shall be cancelled on the
             date of service of the notice; and
        
        (c)  if the notice relates to the Swingline Facility, no further
             Swingline Advances will be made or requested and the
             Swingline Commitment shall be cancelled.

9.4     Miscellaneous provisions
(a)     Any notice of prepayment and/or cancellation under this
        Agreement is irrevocable.  The Facility Agent shall notify the
        Banks promptly of receipt of any such notice relating to the
        Committed Advance Facility.

(b)     All prepayments under this Agreement shall be made together with
        accrued interest on the amount prepaid.

(c)     No prepayment or cancellation is permitted except in accordance
        with the express terms of this Agreement.

(d)     Any amount prepaid under this Agreement may subsequently be 
        re-borrowed.  No amount of the Total Commitments or the Swingline
        Commitment cancelled under this Agreement may subsequently be
        reinstated.

9.5     Replacement bank
        If the Commitment of any Committed Bank or the Swingline
        Commitment of the Swingline Bank is cancelled under Clause 9.3
        (Additional right of prepayment and cancellation) or Clause 16.1
        (Illegality), the Company may nominate a bank or financial
        institution (with the consent of the Facility Agent, such
        consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to become a Committed
        Bank or the Swingline Bank (as appropriate) under this Agreement
        with a Commitment or Swingline Commitment (as appropriate) equal
        to or less than the cancelled Commitment of the retiring
        Committed Bank or Swingline Bank (as the case may be) subject
        to such documentation as the Agent may reasonably require.
        
10.     INTEREST
10.1    Interest rate
        The rate of interest on each Advance and each Swingline Advance
        for its Term is the rate per annum determined by the Facility
        Agent to be the aggregate of the applicable:-

        (a)  Margin;
        
        (b)  LIBOR; and
        
        (c)  in the case of a Swingline Advance denominated in Sterling,
        the MLA Cost.
        
10.2    Due dates
        Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, accrued interest
        on each Advance and each Swingline Advance is payable by the
        relevant Borrower on its Maturity Date and, in the case of an
        Advance with a Term of more than 6 months, on the date falling
        6 months after its Utilisation Date.

10.3    Determination of applicable Margin and Facility Fee
(a)     On any date that the Company notifies the Facility Agent of any
        change to its long term unsecured debt rating in any Request or
        pursuant to Clause 19.3 (Information - Miscellaneous) (as
        determined by S&P or Moody's) the Facility Agent shall
        determine:

        (i)  the Margin to apply to all Committed Advances and Swingline
             Advances with a Utilisation Date which occurs in; and

        (ii) the Facility Fee to apply during,

        the period commencing on the date falling one Business Day after
        receipt by the Facility Agent of that notice (the "Reset Date")
        and continuing until the next Reset Date (a "Margin Period").

(b)     The Company shall notify the Facility Agent of its long term
        debt ratings (as determined by S&P and Moody's) in each Request
        for a Committed Advance and shall notify those ratings to the
        Swingline Bank (which shall promptly notify the Facility Agent)
        in each Request for a Swingline Advance and if it fails to do
        so, the Margin applicable to the Utilisation or Swingline
        Advance specified in that Request shall be 1 per cent. per
        annum.

(c)     The Margin and Facility Fee applicable on and from the date of
        this Agreement to and including the first Reset Date shall be
        that determined by the Facility Agent on or prior to the date
        of this Agreement in accordance with paragraph (c) below and
        notified to the Company and the Banks on the date of this
        Agreement.

(d)     Subject to paragraphs (b) above and (e) below, the Margin and
        Facility Fee applicable during each Margin Period or, as the
        case may be, prior to the first Reset Date, where the Company's
        long term debt rating (in each case, taking the higher rating,
        if there is any difference between the rating applied by S&P and
        that applied by Moody's and if only one such rating is available
        relying on that rating) is as set out in Column I below, shall
        be the percentage rate per annum set opposite that rating in
        Column II below (in the case of the Margin) or Column III below
        (in the case of the Facility Fee):


Column I
Rating
Column II
Margin
(per cent. per
annum)
Column III
Facility Fee
(per cent. per
annum)




          



S&P
Moody's
          





          



At least A
At least A2
         0.17
0.06




          



At least A-
At least A3
         0.18
0.07




          



At least
BBB+
At least
Baa1
         0.275
0.125




          



At least BBB
At least
Baa2
         0.35
0.15




          



At least
BBB-
At least
Baa3
         0.4125
0.1875




          



Below BBB-
Below Baa3
         0.6625
0.1875

        
(e)     If, on any Reset Date:

        (i)  the only outstanding long term debt of the Company to which
             a rating applies is subordinated debt, the rating of that
             debt, for the purposes of paragraph (c) above, shall be
             deemed to be the next sub-grade above the actual rating
             applied by each of S&P and Moody's; or
        
        (ii) the Company's long term debt is unrated by both S&P and
             Moody's, the Margin shall be one per cent. per annum and
             the Facility Fee shall accrue at 0.375 per cent. per annum.
        
10.4    Default interest
(a)     If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under this
        Agreement, it shall forthwith on demand by the Facility Agent
        pay interest on the overdue amount from the due date up to the
        date of actual payment, as well after as before judgment, at a
        rate (the "default rate") determined by the Facility Agent to
        be 1 per cent. per annum above the rate which would have been
        payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment,
        constituted a Committed Advance in the currency of the
        overdue amount for such successive Terms of such duration as the
        Facility Agent may reasonably determine (each a "Designated
        Term").

(b)     The default rate will be determined on each Business Day or the
        first day of, or two Business Days before the first day of, the
        relevant Designated Term, as appropriate.

(c)     If the Facility Agent determines that adequate and fair means
        do not exist for determining LIBOR in the currency of the
        overdue amount the default rate will be determined by reference
        to the cost of funds to the Facility Agent from whatever sources
        it selects.

(d)     Default interest will be compounded at the end of each
        Designated Term (if calculated by reference to LIBOR).

10.5    Notification of rates of interest and the Facility Fee
        The Facility Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Party of
        the determination of a rate of interest (including, without
        limitation, the Margin) or the applicable rate of the Facility
        Fee under this Agreement.

11.     OPTIONAL CURRENCIES
11.1    Selection
        No Borrower may request an Advance denominated in an Optional
        Currency unless the Facility Agent has confirmed to the Borrower
        that the Optional Currency is readily available and freely
        transferable in the London foreign exchange market but a
        Borrower may request Swingline Advances denominated in Sterling
        at any time.
        
11.2    Change of currency
        If, before 4.30 p.m. three Business Days before the Utilisation
        Date of an Advance to be denominated in an Optional Currency
        other than Sterling, the Facility Agent receives notice from a
        Bank that:-

        (a)  it is impracticable for the Bank to fund its Advance for
             its Term in that Optional Currency in the ordinary course
             of business in the London interbank market; or
        
        (b)  the use of the proposed Optional Currency might contravene
        any law or regulation,
        
        then:-

        (i)  the Facility Agent shall promptly and in any event before
             5.30 p.m. three Business Days before that Utilisation Date
             notify the relevant Borrower;
        
        (ii) if the Facility Agent receives notice from the Borrower
             by 9.00 a.m. two Business Days before the relevant
             Utilisation Date, the Advance shall not be made;
        
        (iii)     if the Facility Agent does not receive any notice under
             sub-paragraph (ii) above, it shall notify the relevant Bank
             to that effect not later than 10.30 a.m. two Business Days
             before that Utilisation Date and the Advance will be
             denominated instead in Dollars in an amount equal to its
             Original Dollar Amount;
        
        (iv) subject to paragraph (v) below the Borrower shall
             forthwith on demand indemnify the Bank concerned against
             any liability which the Bank (acting reasonably) incurs as
             a consequence of the operation of this Clause 11.2;
        
        (v)  no Bank shall be entitled to any indemnity under sub-paragraph 
             (iv) above if the Optional Currency in question
             is any of Deutschmarks, French Francs, Swiss Francs,
             Italian Lire, Japanese Yen, Finnish Markka, Swedish Kronor,
             Danish Krone, Spanish Pesetas or Norwegian Kroner and the
             relevant Bank incurs a loss by reason of funding its
             Advance in that Optional Currency before 10.30 a.m. on the
             second Business Day before the relevant Utilisation Date.

11.3    Notification of rates and amounts
        The Facility Agent shall notify each relevant Party of any
        applicable Facility Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange or Original
        Dollar Amount promptly after it is ascertained.

12.     PAYMENTS
12.1    Place
(a)     All payments by an Obligor or a Bank under this Agreement, other
        than payments by the Swingline Bank or by an Obligor to the
        Swingline Bank in respect of Swingline Advances, shall be made
        to the Facility Agent to its account at such office or bank as
        it may, by not less than two Business Days notice in writing,
        notify to the Obligor or Bank concerned for this purpose.

(b)     Payments in respect of Swingline Advances by the Swingline Bank
        or by an Obligor to the Swingline Bank shall be made by the
        relevant Party in accordance with the arrangements agreed
        between the Swingline Bank and the relevant Obligor on or prior
        to the date of the Request for that Swingline Advance.

12.2    Funds
        Payments under this Agreement to the Facility Agent shall be
        made for value on the due date at such times and in such funds
        as the Facility Agent may specify to the Obligor or Bank
        concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of
        transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment.

12.3    Distribution
(a)     Each payment received by the Facility Agent under this Agreement
        for another Party shall, subject to paragraphs (b) and (c)
        below, be made available by the Facility Agent to that Party by
        payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt)
        to its account with such bank in the principal financial centre
        of the country of the relevant currency as it may notify to the
        Facility Agent for this purpose by not less than 5 Business
        Days' prior notice.

(b)     The Facility Agent may apply any amount received by it for an
        Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency
        and funds of receipt) of any amount due from an Obligor under
        this Agreement or in or towards the purchase of any amount of
        any currency to be so applied.

(c)     Where a sum is to be paid under this Agreement to the Facility
        Agent for the account of another Party, the Facility Agent is
        not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it has
        established that it has actually received that sum.  The
        Facility Agent may, however, assume that the sum has been paid
        to it in accordance with this Agreement and, in reliance on that
        assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. 
        If the sum has not been made available but the Facility Agent
        has paid a corresponding amount to another Party, that Party
        shall forthwith on demand refund the corresponding amount to the
        Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the
        date of payment to the date of receipt, calculated at a rate
        determined by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

12.4    Currency
(a)     A repayment or prepayment of an Advance or a Swingline Advance
        is payable in the currency in which the Advance or Swingline
        Advance is denominated.

(b)     Interest is payable in the currency in which the relevant amount
        in respect of which it is payable is denominated.

(c)     Amounts payable in respect of costs, expenses, taxes and the
        like are payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

(d)     Any other amount payable under this Agreement is, except as
        otherwise provided in this Agreement, payable in Dollars.

12.5    Set-off and counterclaim
        All payments made by an Obligor under this Agreement shall be
        made without set-off or counterclaim.

12.6    Non-Business Days
(a)     If a payment under this Agreement is due on a day which is not
        a Business Day, the due date for that payment shall instead be
        the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is
        one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

(b)     During any extension of the due date for payment of any
        principal under this Agreement interest is payable on the
        principal at the rate payable on the original due date.

12.7    Partial payments
(a)     If the Facility Agent receives a payment insufficient to
        discharge all the amounts then due and payable by the Obligors
        under this Agreement, the Facility Agent shall apply that
        payment towards the obligations of the Obligors under this
        Agreement in the following order:-

        (i)  first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid costs
             and expenses of the Agents under this Agreement;
        
        (ii) secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued
             fees due but unpaid under Clause 22.1 (Facility Fee);
        
        (iii)     thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued
             interest due but unpaid under this Agreement;

        (iv) fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any
             principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

        (v)  fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum
             due but unpaid under this Agreement,

(b)     the Facility Agent shall, if so directed by all the Committed
        Banks and all the Bid Option Banks which have made an Advance
        which is still outstanding, vary the order set out in sub-paragraphs 
        (a)(ii) to (v) above.

(c)     paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall override any appropriation
made by an Obligor.

13.     TAXES
13.1    Gross-up
        All payments by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be
        made without any deduction and free and clear of and without
        deduction for or on account of any taxes, except to the extent
        that the Obligor is required by law to make payment subject to
        any taxes.  If any tax or amounts in respect of tax must be
        deducted, or any other deductions must be made, from any amounts
        payable or paid by an Obligor, or paid or payable by the
        Facility Agent to a Bank, under the Finance Documents, the
        Obligor or the Facility Agent (as the case may be) shall deduct
        or withhold such amounts as are required by law and remit such
        deducted or withheld tax or other amounts to the appropriate tax
        or other authority.  Where payments made by an Obligor or the
        Facility Agent under the Finance Documents are subject to such
        deduction or withholding, the Obligor concerned shall pay such
        additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the
        relevant Bank receives a net amount equal to the full amount
        which it would have received had payment not been made subject
        to tax or withholding if, and only if, such tax or withholding
        is imposed as a result of:
        
        (a)  actions taken by a Borrower (other than a novation of a
             Utilisation to another Borrower (if permitted by the
             Banks));
        
        (b)  in the case of payments by the Company, changes in United
             States or Panamanian regulations, tax laws or other
             statutes or any practice or concession of a tax or other
             authority; 
        
        (c)  in the case of payments by any Borrower other than the
             Company, a Bank ceasing to be a Qualifying Bank as a result
             of the introduction of or any change in or change to the
             interpretation, administration or application of any:
        
             (i)  treaty, law or regulation; or 
             
             (ii) any practice or concession of the UK Inland
                  Revenue generally applied to institutions subject to
                  taxation in the United Kingdom 
             
             in each case, occurring after the date of this Agreement.
        
13.2    Tax receipts
        All taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld by an
        Obligor from any amounts paid or payable under the Finance
        Documents shall be paid by the relevant Obligor when due and the
        Obligor shall, within 15 days of the payment being made, deliver
        to the Facility Agent for the relevant Bank evidence
        satisfactory to that Bank (including all relevant tax receipts)
        that the payment has been duly remitted to the appropriate
        authority.

13.3    Refund of tax credits
        If:-
        
        (a)  an Obligor makes a payment under Clause 13.1 (Gross-up) (a
             "Tax Payment") in respect of a payment to a Bank under this
             Agreement; and
        
        (b)  that Bank determines in its reasonable discretion that it
             has obtained a refund of tax or obtained and used a credit
             against tax on its overall net income (a "Tax Credit")
             which that Bank in its discretion is able to identify as
             attributable to that Tax Payment,
        
        then, if it can do so without any material adverse consequences
        for that Bank, that Bank shall reimburse the relevant Obligor
        such amount as that Bank reasonably determines to be such
        proportion of that Tax Credit as will leave that Bank (after
        that reimbursement) in no better or worse position in respect
        of its U.K. tax liabilities than it would have been in if no Tax
        Payment had been required.  A Bank shall have an absolute
        discretion as to whether to claim any Tax Credit (and, if it
        does claim, the extent, order and manner in which it does so). 
        No Bank shall be obliged to disclose any of its tax affairs or
        computations to any Obligor.
        
13.4    Change of Borrower
        If a Borrower, other than the Company, is required by law to
        make payments under the Finance Documents subject to tax or
        withholding at a rate which is higher than the rate (if any) at
        which the Company is required to make payments under the Finance
        Documents subject to tax or withholding, in each case as
        contemplated by Clause 13.1 (Gross-up), the relevant Borrower
        and the Company may, while the relevant tax or withholding
        continues to be required, procure the transfer to the Company
        and the assumption by the Company of (in each case subject to
        documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility
        Agent, acting reasonably), all or the affected part of the
        relevant Borrower's rights and obligations under the Finance
        Documents.  Any such transfer and assumption shall (subject to
        payment of the Facility Agent's reasonable costs and expenses
        (including reasonable legal fees)) be permitted without premium
        or penalty.  If, on the date of any such transfer and
        assumption, payments by the Company must also be made subject
        to tax or withholdings, Clause 13.1 (Gross up) shall apply to
        the rights and obligations transferred to and assumed by the
        Company as if they had originally been the Company's rights and
        obligations.
        
14.     MARKET DISRUPTION
(a)     If LIBOR is to be determined by reference to Reference Banks and
        a Reference Bank does not supply an offered rate by 1.00 p.m.
        on a Rate Fixing Day, the applicable LIBOR shall, subject to
        paragraph (b) below, be determined on the basis of the
        quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

(b)     If, in relation to any proposed Utilisation or a Swingline
Advance:-

        (i)  LIBOR is to be determined by reference to Reference Banks
             and no, or only one, Reference Bank supplies a rate for the
             purposes of determining the applicable LIBOR; or 
        
        (ii) the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) otherwise
             determines that adequate and fair means do not exist for
             ascertaining the applicable LIBOR; or
        
        (iii)     the Facility Agent receives notification from Banks
             participating in more than 50 per cent. in value of the
             proposed Advances or (in the case of Swingline Advance)
             from the Swingline Bank that, in their or its opinion:-

             (1)  matching deposits will not be available to them or it
                  (as the case may be) in the London interbank market in
                  the ordinary course of business to fund their Advances
                  for the relevant Term; or
             
             (2)  the cost to them or it (as the case may be) of matching
                  deposits in the London interbank market would be in
                  excess of the relevant LIBOR,
             
        the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the
        relevant Banks or the Swingline Bank (as appropriate) of the
        fact and that this Clause 14 is in operation.

(c)     After any notification under paragraph (b) above:-

        (i)  the Company and the Banks or the Swingline Bank (as
             appropriate) may agree (through the Facility Agent) that
             the Advances comprised in the Utilisation or the relevant
             Swingline Advance shall not be made;
        
        (ii) in the absence of such agreement:-
             
             (A)  in the case of Advances, the Term of the Advances
                  concerned shall be one month; 
             
             (B)  in the case of a Swingline Advance, its Term shall be
                  14 days; and
             
             (C)  during the Term of each Advance or Swingline Advance
                  the rate of interest applicable to that Advance or
                  Swingline Advance (as the case may be) shall be the
                  applicable Margin plus the rate per annum which
                  expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to
                  the Bank concerned of funding that Advance or Swingline
                  Advance (as the case may be) from whatever sources it
                  may reasonably select, which rate shall be notified by
                  the Bank concerned to the Facility Agent before that
                  last date of such Term plus, in the case of a Swingline
                  Advance, the MLA Cost.

15.     INCREASED COSTS
15.1    Increased costs
(a)     Subject to Clause 15.2 (Exceptions), the Company shall within
        5 days of demand by a Finance Party pay that Finance Party the
        amount of any increased cost incurred by it as a result of any
        change in or change in the interpretation or application of any
        law or regulation (including any relating to taxation or reserve
        asset, special deposit, cash ratio, liquidity or capital
        adequacy requirements or any other form of banking or monetary
        control).  Any Finance Party intending to make a demand under
        this Clause 15.1 shall notify the Company as soon as
        practicable, upon becoming aware of the same, that it has
        incurred an increased cost.

(b)     In this Agreement "increased cost" means:-

        (i)  an additional cost incurred by a Finance Party as a result
             of it having entered into, or performing, maintaining or
             funding its obligations under, this Agreement; or
        
        (ii) that portion of an additional cost incurred by a
             Finance Party in making, funding or maintaining all or any
             advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or
             including the Advances or the Swingline Advances made or to
             be made by it under this Agreement as is attributable to it
             making, funding or maintaining its Advances or Swingline
             Advances (as the case may be); or
        
        (iii)     a reduction in any amount payable to a Finance Party or
             the effective return to a Finance Party under this
             Agreement or on its capital; or
        
        (iv) the amount of any payment made by a Finance Party, or
             the amount of interest or other return foregone by a
             Finance Party, calculated by reference to any amount
             received or receivable by a Finance Party from any other
             Party under this Agreement.
        
15.2    Exceptions
        Clause 15.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to any increased
        cost:-
        
        (a)  in the case of the Swingline Bank, compensated for by the
             MLA Cost or, in the case of any other Bank, which relates
             to a cost imputed to that Bank in respect of an Advance in
             Sterling of complying with the mandatory liquid assets
             requirements of the Bank of England;
        
        (b)  compensated for by the operation of Clause 13 (Taxes) or
             which would have been compensated for if (in the case of
             payments by Borrowers other than the Company) the Bank was
             a Qualifying Bank or if one of the other exceptions to
             Clause 13.1 (Gross-up) had not applied;
        
        (c)  attributable to any change in the rate of tax on the
             overall net income of a Bank (or the overall net income of
             a division or branch of the Bank) imposed in the
             jurisdiction in which its principal office or Facility
             Office is situate; or
        
        (d)  which is incurred in consequence of the implementation of
             matters set out in the report of the Basle Committee on
             Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices dated July,
             1988 and entitled "International Convergence and Capital
             Measurement and Capital Standards". 

16.     ILLEGALITY AND MITIGATION
16.1    Illegality
        If it is or becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a Finance
        Party to give effect to any of its obligations as contemplated
        by this Agreement or to fund or maintain any Advance or
        Swingline Advance, then:-
        
        (a)  the Finance Party may notify the Company through the
        Facility Agent accordingly; and
        
        (b)  (i)  each Borrower shall within the period allowed (by the
                  relevant regulation or legislation) or, (if no period
                  is allowed) forthwith prepay any Advances or Swingline
                  Advances made to it by that Finance Party together with
                  all other amounts payable by it to that Finance Party
                  under this Agreement; and
        
             (ii) if the Finance Party is a Committed Bank or an
                  Affiliate of a Committed Bank, its Commitment shall be
                  cancelled; and
             
             (iii)     if the Finance Party is the Swingline Bank the
                  Swingline Commitment shall be cancelled.

16.2    Mitigation
        Notwithstanding the provisions of Clauses 13 (Taxes),
        15 (Increased costs) and 16.1 (Illegality), if in relation to
        a Bank or (as the case may be) the Facility Agent, circumstances
        arise which would result in:

        (a)  any deduction, withholding or payment of the nature
             referred to in Clause 13 (Taxes); or
        
        (b)  any increased cost of the nature referred to in Clause 15
             (Increased costs); or
        
        (c)  a notification pursuant to Clause 16.1 (Illegality),

        then without in any way limiting, reducing or otherwise
        qualifying the rights of that Bank, that Bank shall upon
        becoming aware of the same notify the Facility Agent thereof
        (whereupon the Facility Agent shall notify the Company) and such
        Bank shall use all reasonable endeavours to transfer its
        participation (or to procure the transfer of its Affiliated
        Bank's participation (as the case may be)) in the Committed
        Advance Facility or the Swingline Facility (as the case may be)
        and its rights hereunder and under the Finance Documents to
        another financial institution or Facility Office not affected
        by the circumstances having the results set out in (a), (b) or
        (c) above and shall otherwise take such reasonable steps as may
        be open to it to mitigate the effects of such circumstances
        provided that such Bank shall not be under any obligation to
        take any such action if, in its reasonable opinion, to do so
        might have a material adverse effect upon its business,
        operations or financial condition or those of its Affiliated
        Bank or might involve it or its Affiliated Bank in any unlawful
        activity or any activity that is contrary to any request,
        guidance or directive of any competent authority (whether or not
        having the force of law) or might involve it or its Affiliated
        Bank in any unusual expense or any tax disadvantage.
        
17.     GUARANTEE
17.1    Guarantee
        The Company irrevocably and unconditionally:-

        (a)  indemnifies each Finance Party against any loss or
             liability suffered by it because of any failure by a
             Borrower to perform promptly any of its obligations under
             the Finance Documents;
        
        (b)  undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower
             other than the Company does not pay any amount when due or
             within 3 Business Days of its due date (disregarding, for
             this purpose, any grace period provided for in Clause 20.2
             (Non-payment)) under or in connection with any Finance
             Document, the Company shall within 5 Business Days of a
             demand by the Facility Agent pay that amount as if the
             Company instead of the relevant Borrower were expressed to
             be the principal obligor (and the Company's obligation to
             make that payment shall not be subject to any grace period
             available to it under Clause 20.2 (Non-payment)); and
        
        (c)  indemnifies each Finance Party on demand against any loss
             or liability suffered by it if any obligation guaranteed by
             the Company is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or
             illegal.

17.2    Continuing guarantee
        This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the
        ultimate balance of all sums payable by the Borrowers under the
        Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or
        discharge in whole or in part.

17.3    Reinstatement
(a)     Where any discharge (whether in respect of the obligations of
        any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise)
        is made in whole or in part or any arrangement is made on the
        faith of any payment, security or other disposition which is
        avoided or must be restored on insolvency, liquidation or
        otherwise without limitation, the liability of the Company under
        this Clause 17 shall continue as if the discharge or arrangement
        had not occurred.

(b)     Each Finance Party may concede or compromise any claim that any
        payment, security or other disposition is liable to avoidance
        or restoration.

17.4    Waiver of defences
        The obligations of the Company under this Clause 17 will not be
        affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for
        this provision, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its
        obligations under this Clause 17 or prejudice or diminish those
        obligations in whole or in part, including (whether or not known
        to it or any Finance Party):-

        (a)  any time or waiver granted to, or composition with, any
        Borrower or other person;
        
        (b)  the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or
             release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or
             enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of,
             any Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or
             non-observance of any formality or other requirement in
             respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the
             full value of any security;

        (c)  any incapacity or lack of powers, authority or legal
             personality of or dissolution or change in the members or
             status of a Borrower or any other person;

        (d)  any variation (however fundamental) or replacement of a
             Finance Document or any other document or security so that
             references to that Finance Document in this Clause 17 shall
             include each variation or replacement;

        (e)  any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any
             obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any
             other document or security, to the intent that the
             Company's obligations under this Clause 17 shall remain in
             full force and its guarantee be construed accordingly, as
             if there were no unenforceability, illegality or
             invalidity;

        (f)  any postponement, discharge, reduction, non-provability or
             other similar circumstance affecting any obligation of any
             Borrower under a Finance Document resulting from any
             insolvency, liquidation or dissolution proceedings or from
             any law, regulation or order so that each such obligation
             shall for the purposes of the Company's obligations under
             this Clause 17 shall be construed as if there were no such
             circumstance.

17.5    Immediate recourse
        The Company waives any right it may have of first requiring any
        Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed
        against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment
        from any person before claiming from the Company under this
        Clause 17.

17.6    Appropriations
        Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors
        under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been
        irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or
        agent on its behalf) may:-

        (a)  refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys,
             security or rights held or received by that Finance Party
             (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those
             amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and
             order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or
             otherwise) and the Company shall not be entitled to the
             benefit of the same; and
        
        (b)  hold in an interest bearing suspense account any moneys
             received from the Company or on account of the Company's
             liability under this Clause 17, until such time as the
             aggregate amount (including interest) standing to the
             credit of such account and all other amounts recovered or
             held in such suspense account by the Finance Parties in
             respect of amounts due and payable by the Obligors equals
             the amount due and payable by the Obligors under or in
             respect of the Finance Documents.

17.7    Non-competition
        Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors
        under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been
        irrevocably paid in full, the Company shall not, after a claim
        has been made or by virtue of any payment or performance by it
        under this Clause 17:

        (a)  be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held,
             received or receivable by any Finance Party (or any trustee
             or agent on its behalf) or be entitled to any right of
             contribution or indemnity in respect of any payment made or
             moneys received on account of the Company's liability under
             this Clause 17;
        
        (b)  claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor of any other
             Obligor or its estate in competition with any Finance Party
             (or any trustee or agent on its behalf); or

        (c)  receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment,
             distribution or security from or on account of any other
             Obligor, or exercise any right of set-off as against any
             other Obligor.
        
        The Company shall hold in trust for (except to the extent that
        a Security Interest is created thereby) and forthwith pay or
        transfer to the Facility Agent for the Finance Parties any
        payment or distribution or benefit of security received by it
        contrary to this Clause 17.7.

17.8    Additional security
        This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way
        prejudiced by any other security now or hereafter held by any
        Finance Party.

18.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
18.1    Representations and warranties
        Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties in this
        Clause 18 (Representations and warranties) to each Finance
        Party.

18.2    Status, powers and compliance with laws
(a)     The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing
        and in good standing under the laws of Panama and has all
        requisite corporate power and authority under such laws to own
        or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business
        as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and to
        execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Finance
        Documents to which it is, or will be, a party;
        
(b)     Each Borrower other than the Company is a limited liability
        company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws
        of England and has all requisite corporate power and authority
        under those laws to own or lease and operate its properties and
        to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be
        conducted and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations
        under the Finance Documents to which it is, or will be, a party.

(c)     Each member of the Restricted Group is duly qualified or
        licensed to do business and is in good standing, where
        applicable, in all jurisdictions in which it owns or leases
        property (including vessels), or proposes to own or lease
        property (including vessels), or in which the conduct of its
        business requires it to so qualify or be licensed, except to the
        extent that the failure to so qualify or be in good standing
        would have no material adverse effect on the business,
        operations, properties, prospects or condition (financial or
        otherwise) of the Restricted Group or on the ability of any such
        person to perform its obligations under any of the Finance
        Documents to which it is or may be a party; and

(d)     Each member of the Restricted Group is in compliance in all
        material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations
        and orders.
        
18.3    Corporate authorities and no conflicts
        The execution, delivery and performance by it of each Finance
        Document to which it is or will be a party are within its
        corporate powers and have been duly authorised by all necessary
        corporate and stockholder approvals and:
             
        (a)  do not contravene its constitutional documents or its
             charter or by-laws or any law, rule, regulation, judicial
             or official order or decree applicable to or binding on it
             or on any member of the Restricted Group; and
             
        (b)  do not contravene, and will not result in the creation of
             any Security Interest under, any provision of any agreement
             to which it or any member of the Restricted Group is a
             party, or by which it or any of them or any of its or their
             respective properties are bound.
             
18.4    Government approvals and authorisations
        No authorisation or approval (including exchange control
        approval) or other action by, and no notice to or filing with,
        any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for
        the due execution, delivery and performance by or enforcement
        against it of the Finance Documents to which it is a party
        (except such as have been duly obtained or made and remain in
        full force and effect).
        
18.5    Legal Validity
        Each Finance Document to which it is a Party is, or upon
        execution will be, its legal, valid and binding obligation
        enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (except as
        enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, moratorium,
        insolvency, reorganisation or similar laws generally affecting
        creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles).
        
18.6    Accounts
        Its audited accounts most recently delivered to the Facility
        Agent which at the date on which it becomes a Party are its
        Original Accounts (if any):-

        (a)  have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently
             applied; and
             
        (b)  fairly represent its financial condition and the results of
             its operations as at the date to which they were drawn up,
        
        and there has been no material adverse change:
             
        (i)  in the case of the Company, in the business, operations,
             properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
             Restricted Group taken as a whole; and
             
        (ii) in any other case, in its business, operations,
             properties or condition (financial or otherwise),
             
        in each case, since the date to which those accounts were drawn
        up.
             
18.7    Litigation
        There is not pending nor, to its knowledge upon due inquiry and
        investigation, threatened any arbitration, litigation, action
        or proceeding affecting any member of the Group by or before any
        court, governmental agency or arbitrator, which reasonably could
        be expected:
             
        (a)  to affect materially and adversely the assets, business,
             properties, prospects, operations or condition (financial
             or otherwise) of the Group taken as a whole; or 
             
        (b)  to prohibit, limit in any way or materially adversely
             affect the transactions contemplated by the Finance
             Documents, including, without limitation, the ability of
             any Obligor to perform its obligations under this
             Agreement.
             
18.8    Immunities
        No member of the Group, nor any of their respective property,
        has any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any
        legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment
        prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or
        otherwise) under the laws of the jurisdiction of organisation.
             
18.9    No taxes
        In the case of the Company, there is no tax, levy, impost,
        deduction, charge or withholding or similar item imposed:
             
        (a)  by Panama or the United States of America, or by any
             political subdivision of either of them, on or by virtue of
             the execution and delivery of these representations and
             warranties, the execution or delivery or enforcement of
             this Agreement or any other document to be furnished under
             it; or
             
        (b)  by Panama or the United States of America, or by any
             political subdivision of either of them, on any payment to
             be made by it under this Agreement, other than taxes on or
             measured by net income imposed by any such jurisdiction in
             which a Bank is incorporated or has a fixed place of
             business,
        
        provided that, to the extent that the representations set out
        in this Clause 18.9 apply to stamp taxes, imposts or similar
        duties, they shall only be deemed made if and to the extent that
        this Agreement is kept by the Facility Agent in any of the
        United Kingdom or the States of New York and North Carolina.
             
18.10   No filing
        It is not necessary that this Agreement be filed or recorded
        with any court or other authority in Panama or the State of
        Florida or its jurisdiction of incorporation (if different), or
        that any stamp or similar tax be paid on or with respect to any
        Finance Document to ensure the legality, validity,
        enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance
        Document except to the extent set out in Clause 18.9 (No taxes).
             
18.11   No Default
(a)     (i)  in the case of a Swingline Advance and a Utilisation other
             than a Rollover Utilisation, no Default is outstanding or
             might result from that Utilisation; and
        
        (ii) in the case of a Rollover Utilisation, no Event of
             Default is outstanding or might result from that
             Utilisation.

(b)     there does not exist any event of default, or any event that
        with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an event
        of default, under any agreement (other than this Agreement) to
        which any member of the Group is a party or by which any of them
        may be bound, or to which any of their properties or assets may
        be subject, which default would have a material adverse effect
        on the Group taken as a whole, or would materially adversely
        affect the ability of the Obligors to perform their respective
        obligations under this Agreement.

18.12   Margin regulations
        No part of the proceeds of any Advance or Swingline Advance will
        be used for any purpose that violates the provisions of any of
        Regulations D, G, T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the
        Federal Reserve System of the United States of America or any
        other regulation of such Board of Governors.  No member of the
        Group is engaged in the business of extending credit for the
        purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, within the
        meaning of Regulations G, T, U and X issued by the Board of
        Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of
        America.
        
18.13   Investment Company Act
        It is not an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by
        an "investment company" (as each of such terms is defined or
        used in the Investment Company Act of 1940 of the United States
        of America, as amended).
        
18.14   Taxes paid
(a)     Each member of the Restricted Group:
             
        (i)  has filed or caused to be filed, or has timely requested an
             extension to file or has received from the relevant
             governmental authorities an extension to file, all material
             tax returns which are required to have been filed; and
                  
        (ii) has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said
             returns or extension requests or on any material
             assessments made against it or any of its properties, and
             all other material taxes, fees or other charges imposed on
             it or any of its properties by any governmental authority
             (other than those the amount or validity of which is
             currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
             proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves
             in conformity with the applicable GAAP have been provided
             on its books); and
                  
(b)     no material tax liens have been filed and no material claims are
        being asserted with respect to any such taxes, fees or other
        charges other than those the amount or validity of which is
        currently being contested in good faith by appropriate
        proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves in
        accordance with GAAP have been provided on its books,
             
        provided, however, that the representations and warranties made
        in subparagraphs (a)(i) and (ii) above with respect to HAL and
        the HAL Subsidiaries acquired on or about 17th January, 1989 are
        limited to tax returns required to be filed with respect to the
        period since 1st January, 1989.
        
18.15   Disclosure
        No representation, warranty or statement made or document or
        financial statement provided by any member of the Group or any
        Affiliate of the Company, in or pursuant to any Finance
        Document, or in any other document furnished in connection with
        any of them, is untrue or incomplete in any material respect or
        contains any misrepresentation of a material fact or omits to
        state any material fact necessary to make any such statement
        herein or therein not misleading;
             
18.16   Good title
        It has good title to its properties and assets, except (in the
        case of the Company) for:
             
        (a)  existing or future Security Interests or conditional sales
             arrangements either securing Indebtedness or other
             liabilities of a member of the Group, or those which the
             Company in its reasonable business judgment has determined
             would not be reasonably expected to materially interfere
             with the business or operations of the Group as conducted
             from time to time, in each case, which are permitted under
             the terms of this Agreement; and
             
        (b)  minor irregularities therein which do not materially
             adversely affect their value or utility.
             
18.17   ERISA
(a)     No Insufficiency or Termination Event has occurred or is
        reasonably expected to occur, and no "accumulated funding
        deficiency" exists and no "variance" from the "minimum funding
        standard" has been granted (each such term as defined in
        Part III, Subtitle B, of Title I of ERISA) with respect to any
        Plan (other than any Multiemployer Plan or Plan that has been
        terminated and all the liabilities of which have been satisfied
        in full prior to 30th March, 1990) in which any member of the
        Restricted Group is a participant;
             
(b)     none of the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate (other than the
        Specified Subsidiaries) has incurred, or is reasonably expected
        to incur, any Withdrawal Liability to any Multiemployer Plan;
        and
             
(c)     none of the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate (other than the
        Specified Subsidiaries) has received any notification that any
        Multiemployer Plan in which it is a participant is in
        reorganisation or has been terminated, within the meaning of
        Title IV of ERISA, and no such Multiemployer Plan is reasonably
        expected to be in reorganisation or to be terminated within the
        meaning of Title IV of ERISA.
             
18.18   Solvency 
        It is, and on each Utilisation Date will be, Solvent.
             
18.19   Times for making representations and warranties
        The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18
        (Representations and warranties):-

        (a)  (i)  in the case of an Obligor which is a Party on the date
                  of this Agreement, are made by that Obligor on that
                  date; and
        
             (ii) in the case of a Borrower which becomes a Party
                  after the date of this Agreement, will be deemed to be
                  made by that Borrower on the date it executes a
                  Borrower Accession Agreement; and
        
        (b)  (other than the representation set out in Clause 18.15
             (Disclosure)) are deemed to be repeated by each Obligor on
             the date of each Request and each Utilisation Date with
             reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

19.     UNDERTAKINGS
19.1    Duration
        The undertakings in this Clause 19 (Undertakings) remain in
        force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount
        is or may be outstanding under this Agreement or any Commitment
        is in force.

19.2    Financial information
        The Company shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient
        copies for all the Banks:-

        (a)  as soon as the same are available (and in any event within
             120 days of the end of each of its financial years):-

             (i)  in the case of the Company:
             
                  (A)  the audited consolidated financial statements of:
                  
                       (i)  the Company; and
                       
                       (ii) Kloster (if such audited statements are
                            required to be produced by any person other
                            than the Finance Parties); and
                       
                  (B)  the unaudited consolidated financial statements of
                       Kloster if audited financial statements are not so
                       required.

             (ii) as soon as the same are available (and in any
                  event within 180 days of the end of the financial years
                  of the relevant Obligor), the audited financial
                  statements of each Obligor (other than the Company) for
                  that financial year, 
             
             each set of financial statements of the Company delivered
             under sub-paragraph (i) above shall set forth in
             comparative form, the corresponding figures for the
             preceding financial year (excluding, as to any Subsidiary
             acquired after the date of this Agreement, corresponding
             information for the period preceding its acquisition).  All
             such audited consolidated financial statements to be
             delivered by and in respect of the Company shall be
             accompanied by an opinion thereon of independent certified
             public accountants of recognised national standing in the
             United States of America acceptable to the Facility Agent,
             stating that those financial statements fairly present the
             consolidated financial condition and results of operations
             of each of:  
             
             (1)  the Company, and 
             
             (2)  Kloster (if required other than by the Finance
                  Parties), 
             
             as at the end of, and for, that financial year;
                  
        (b)  (in the case of the Company) as soon as the same become
             available and in any event within 75 days after the end of
             each financial quarter of each of its financial years:
             
             (i)  unaudited consolidated statements of income, retained
                  earnings and cash flow of:
                  
                  (A)  the Company; and
                  
                  (B)  Kloster,
                  
                  in each case for each such quarterly period and for the
                  period from the beginning of its then current financial
                  year to the end of such period; and
             
             (ii) related unaudited consolidated balance sheets of:
                  
                  (A)  the Company; and
                  
                  (B)  Kloster,
                  
                  in each case as at the end of each such quarterly
                  period.
             
             (iii)     Delivery of the Company's quarterly financial
                  statements containing information required to be filed
                  with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the
                  United States of America on Form 10-Q (as in effect on
                  the date of this Agreement) shall satisfy the
                  requirements of this paragraph (b) to the extent that
                  those requirements relate to the Company's consolidated
                  financial information, however such requirements shall
                  not be satisfied if the Company makes no such filings
                  or if there is a material change after the date of this
                  Agreement in the form or substance of financial
                  disclosures and financial information required to be
                  set out in Form 10-Q.
             
             (iv) All unaudited consolidated financial statements
                  delivered under this paragraph (b) shall be accompanied
                  by a certificate of a senior financial officer of the
                  Company, stating that those financial statements fairly
                  present the consolidated financial condition and
                  results of the operations of each of:
             
                  (1)  the Company; and
             
                  (2)  Kloster, 
             
                  as at the end of, and for, the period to which they
                  relate (subject to normal year end audit adjustments)
                  in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied;
             
        (c)  in the case of the Company: 
        
             (i)  as soon as the same become available, but in any event
                  not later than 15th January of each calendar year
                  beginning on or after 1st January 1997, a five year
                  cash flow projection and the related income statement
                  and a balance sheet for the Company;

             (ii) together with the financial statements specified
                  in paragraph (a)(i) above, a certificate signed by a
                  senior financial officer of the Company setting out in
                  reasonable detail computations establishing compliance
                  with Clause 19.21 (Financial covenants) as at the date
                  to which those financial statements were drawn up; and
             
             (iii)     together with the financial statements specified
                  in paragraph (b)(i) above, a certificate signed by a
                  senior financial officer on its behalf setting out in
                  reasonable detail computations establishing compliance
                  with Clause 19.21 (Financial covenants) as at the date
                  to which those financial statements were drawn up,
             
             except that the Company shall have no obligation to provide
             any information in respect of any Specified Subsidiary if
             that Specified Subsidiary is not or has ceased to be a
             member of the Group.

19.3    Information - Miscellaneous
        Each Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent:-

        (a)  all documents despatched by it to the shareholders of the
             Company at the same time as they are despatched;
        
        (b)  promptly upon their becoming available copies of all
             registration statements and periodic reports which each of
             the Company and Kloster shall have filed with the
             Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of
             America or any national securities exchange or market and
             any ratings (and changes thereto) of its debt by Standard
             & Poor's Corporation and Moody's Investors Service;
        
        (c)  as soon as reasonably possible, copies of all reports and
             notices which any member of the Group files under ERISA
             with the Internal Revenue Service, the PBGC, the
             U.S. Department of Labor or the sponsor of a Multiemployer
             Plan, or which any member of the Group receives from the
             PBGC or the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan related to:
             
             (i)  any Termination Event; and 
             
             (ii) with respect to a Multiemployer Plan:
                  
                  (A)  any Withdrawal Liability;
                  
                  (B)  any actual or expected reorganisation (within the
                       meaning of Title IV of ERISA); or
                  
                  (C)  any termination of a Multiemployer Plan (within
                       the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); and
        
        (d)  promptly, such further information in the possession or
             control of any member of the Group regarding its financial
             condition and operations as any Finance Party may
             reasonably request,

        in sufficient copies for all of the Banks, if the Facility Agent
        so requests, but the Company will not be obliged to provide any
        information relating to any Specified Subsidiary if that
        Specified Subsidiary is not or has ceased to be a member of the
        Group.

19.4    Notification of Default
        Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and
        the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon its
        occurrence.

19.5    Compliance certificates
        The Company shall supply to the Facility Agent:-

        (a)  together with the accounts specified in Clause 19.2(a)(i)
        (Financial Information); and
        
        (b)  promptly at any other time, if the Facility Agent
        reasonably so requests,
        
        a certificate signed by a senior officer on its behalf
        certifying that no Default is outstanding or, if a Default is
        outstanding, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being
        taken to remedy it.

19.6    Authorisations
        Each Obligor shall promptly:-

        (a)  obtain, maintain and comply with the terms of; and
        
        (b)  supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,
        
        any authorisation required under any law or regulation to enable
        it to perform its obligations under, or for the validity or
        enforceability of, any Finance Document.

19.7    Pari passu ranking
        Each Obligor shall procure that its obligations under the
        Finance Documents do and will rank at least pari passu with all
        its other present and future unsecured obligations, except for
        taxes, national insurance contributions, local or water
        authority rates and employee remuneration and benefits which are
        mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

19.8    Negative pledge
(a)     No Obligor shall, and the Company shall procure that no other
        member of the Group will, create or permit to subsist any
        Security Interest securing Indebtedness on any of its assets.

(b)     Paragraph (a) does not apply to:
        
        (i)  any lien arising by operation of law in the ordinary course
             of business and securing amounts not more than 30 days
             overdue; or
        
        (ii) Security Interests created by the Company over its
             interests in any Specified Subsidiary;
        
        (iii)     any Security Interests (other than those referred to in
             paragraph (ii) above) securing Indebtedness in an amount
             not exceeding thirty five per cent. (35%) of the amount of
             the total assets of the Company at any time (as shown in
             its then most recent consolidated balance sheet of the
             Group excluding the Specified Subsidiaries and excluding
             the value of any intangible assets).

19.9    Disposals
        Unless permitted under Clause 19.10 (Mergers, acquisitions and
        asset disposals) no Obligor shall, and the Company shall procure
        that no other member of the Group will, either in a single
        transaction or in a series of transactions, whether related or
        not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, in any one
        financial year sell, transfer, grant or lease or otherwise
        dispose of assets of the Group with a book value in excess of
        $250,000,000 (but excluding any sale or disposal of any or all
        of the assets or capital stock of any Specified Subsidiary or
        any member of the Windstar Group).

19.10   Mergers, acquisitions and asset disposals
(a)     The Company:
        
        (i)  shall preserve and maintain in full force and effect its
             corporate existence and its rights and those of its
             Subsidiaries;
        
        (ii) shall not and shall procure that no other member of the
             Group will:
        
             (A)  merge or amalgamate with or into or convey, transfer,
                  lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one
                  transaction or a series of transactions) all or
                  substantially all of its assets (whether now or
                  hereafter acquired); or 
        
             (B)  acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any
             person.

(b)     The Company shall procure that no member of the Windstar Group
shall:

        (i)  acquire any assets of any member of the Non-Windstar Group;
        or
        
        (ii) merge or amalgamate with or into any member of the Non-Windstar 
             Group unless the relevant member of the Non-Windstar Group is
             the surviving entity.
        
(c)     Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above:
        
        (i)  any member of the Restricted Group other than a member of
             the Windstar Group may:
        
             (A)  merge or amalgamate with the Company if the surviving
                  entity is the Company;
             
             (B)  transfer assets to the Company; and
             
             (C)  acquire assets of the Company, so long as those assets
                  do not constitute a substantial part of the assets of
                  the Company;
        
        (ii) any member of the Restricted Group other than the
             Company or a member of the Windstar Group may:
             
             (A)  merge or amalgamate with any other member of the
                  Restricted Group other than the Company so long as, if
                  the merger is with a Borrower, the Borrower is the
                  surviving entity; and
             
             (B)  transfer assets to any other member of the Restricted
                  Group other than the Company;
        
        (iii)     any Specified Subsidiary may:
        
             (A)  merge or amalgamate with any member of the Restricted
                  Group so long as the member of the Restricted Group is
                  the surviving entity; and
             
             (B)  dispose of assets to any member of the Group;
             
        (iv) any member of the Group may acquire substantially all
             of the assets of any person which is not a member of the
             Group if that member of the Group is the surviving entity;
             and
        
        (v)  the Company may change its jurisdiction of incorporation by
             merger, amalgamation or otherwise, with the prior consent
             of the Majority Committed Banks (such consent not to be
             unreasonably withheld or delayed).
        
19.11   Insurance
        The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
        insure and keep insured, with financially sound and reputable
        insurers, so much of its properties, in such amounts and against
        such risks, as to all the foregoing, in each case, reasonably
        satisfactory to the Banks and as are usually and customarily
        insured by companies engaged in a similar business with respect
        to properties of a similar character.
        
19.12   The Company's stock
        The Company shall ensure that at all times the number of the
        issued and outstanding shares of its capital stock at least
        sufficient to elect a majority of the Company's board of
        directors shall be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,
        by Mr. Ted Arison or the members of his immediate family, free
        and clear of Security Interests in favour of any other person.
        
19.13   Solvency
        The Company shall procure that it is and shall be at all times
        Solvent.
        
19.14   Limitation on payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries
        The Company shall not create or otherwise cause or suffer to
        exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
        restriction (other than those contained in or permitted by or
        through any other provision of the Finance Documents) on the
        ability of any Subsidiary to:
        
        (a)  pay dividends or make any other distributions on such
             Subsidiary's capital stock or pay any Indebtedness owed to
             any member of the Group;
        
        (b)  make loans or advances to any member of the Group; or
        
        (c)  transfer any of its property or assets to any member of the
             Group.
        
19.15   Transactions with officers, directors and shareholders
        The Company shall not enter or permit any of its Subsidiaries
        to enter into any transaction or agreement, including (without
        limitation) any lease, Capital Lease, purchase or sale of real
        property, purchase of goods or services, with any Subsidiary,
        Affiliate or any officer, or director of the Company or of any
        such Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any recorded or known
        beneficial owner of equity securities of any such Subsidiary,
        any known, recorded or beneficial owner of equity securities of
        any such Affiliate or the Company, or any recorded or beneficial
        owner of at least five per cent (5%) of the equity securities
        of the Company, except on terms that are no less favourable to
        the relevant member of the Group than:
        
        (a)  those that could have been obtained in a comparable
             transaction by that member of the Group with an unrelated
             person; and
        
        (b)  those that are between Subsidiaries which are consolidated
             for financial reporting purposes with the Company.
        
19.16   Compliance with ERISA
        The Company shall not become party to any prohibited
        transaction, reportable event, accumulated funding deficiency
        or plan termination, all within the meaning of ERISA and the
        Code with respect to any Plan as to which there is an
        Insufficiency, nor permit any Subsidiary to do so (except with
        respect to a Multiemployer Plan if the foregoing shall result
        from the act or omission of a person party to such Multiemployer
        Plan other than a member of the Group).
        
19.17   Investment company
        The Company shall not and shall not permit any of its
        Subsidiaries to be or become an investment company subject to
        the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act of
        1940 of the United States of America, as amended.
        
19.18   Organisational documents
        The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the
        Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority
        Committed Banks) amend its articles of incorporation or by-laws
        (or similar constitutive documents) unless the relevant
        amendment would not adversely affect the rights of the Finance
        Parties under this Agreement.
        
19.19   Syndication
        The Company shall use reasonable efforts to assist the Arranger
        in effecting Syndication to banks and the financial institutions
        which are Qualifying Banks including (a) the provision by it and
        procuring the possession by its advisers of such information
        available to the Company as may be reasonably deemed necessary
        by the Arranger in connection with Syndication (including,
        without limitation, in connection with the preparation of an
        information memorandum for potential lending institutions) and
        (b) making available the management of and advisers to the
        Company and its Subsidiaries for the purposes of making
        presentations to potential lending institutions.

19.20   Clear market
        The Company will not and will procure that no member of the
        Group will, prior to the completion of Syndication, authorise,
        enter into, announce or permit to be announced the terms of any
        Indebtedness to any syndicate of banks other than under this
        Agreement, which Indebtedness could, in the opinion of the
        Arranger, have a negative and adverse effect on the Syndication
        so long as the Syndication Date falls no later than the date
        falling three months after the date of this Agreement.

19.21   Financial covenants
        The Company shall ensure that:
        
        (a)  the ratio of its Total Debt to Total Capital, tested
             quarterly, shall be at all times less than fifty per cent.
             (50%);
        
        (b)  at the end of each of its financial quarters, the amount of
             its Consolidated Cash Flow shall be, as at the end of each
             of the four financial quarters immediately preceding
             covenant testing, at least 125% of the sum of the aggregate
             amount of:
        
             (i)  dividend payments;
             
             (ii) scheduled principal loan repayments; and
             
             (iii)     scheduled Capital Lease payments made, in respect
                  of the Company, on a consolidated basis excluding the
                  Specified Subsidiaries,
             
             in the four financial quarters immediately preceding
             covenant testing;
             
        (c)  at the end of each month, the sum of the unencumbered cash
             plus the current value of short term investments (in
             conformity with GAAP) of the Restricted Group shall equal
             at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000);
        
        (d)  the Tangible Net Worth of the Restricted Group shall
             exceed, on a financial quarterly basis, the sum of:
        
             (i)  $835,000,000; and
             
             (ii) fifty per cent. (50%) of cumulative consolidated
                  net income (excluding any losses) of the Restricted
                  Group beginning 1st December, 1992.
        
20.     DEFAULT
20.1    Events of Default
        Each of the events set out in Clauses 20.2 (Non-payment) to
        20.15 (Material adverse change) (inclusive) is an Event of
        Default (whether or not caused by any reason whatsoever outside
        the control of any Obligor or any other person).

20.2    Non-payment
        An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable by
        it under the Finance Documents at the place at and in the
        currency in which it is expressed to be payable and, if the
        failure to pay relates to an amount other than the principal
        amount of an Advance or Swingline Advance, the failure is not
        remedied within 8 Business Days of the due date.
        
20.3    Breach of other obligations
        An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance
        Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 20.2 (Non-payment))
        and the default (if capable of remedy) is not remedied
        within 10 days of the Facility Agent giving notice of the
        default to the Company.

20.4    Misrepresentation
        A representation, warranty or statement made or repeated in or
        in connection with any Finance Document by any Obligor under or
        in connection with any Finance Document is incorrect in any
        material respect when made or deemed to be made or repeated.

20.5    Cross-default
(a)     Any member of the Restricted Group shall fail to pay any amount
        or amounts due in respect of Indebtedness (but excluding
        Indebtedness resulting from Advances) (whether by scheduled
        maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or
        otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable
        grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument
        relating to that Indebtedness; or

(b)     any other default under one or more agreements or instruments
        relating to Indebtedness of a member of the Restricted Group
        (but excluding Indebtedness resulting from Advances) or any
        other event, shall occur and shall continue after the applicable
        grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument
        relating to that Indebtedness if the effect of that event is to
        accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of
        that Indebtedness; or

(c)     any Indebtedness of a member of the Restricted Group shall be
        declared to be due and payable or be required to be prepaid
        (other than by a regularly scheduled or required prepayment)
        prior to the stated maturity thereof,

provided that the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness referred
to in any or all of paragraphs (a) to (c) (inclusive) above equals
or exceeds $20,000,000 or its equivalent in other currencies.

20.6    Insolvency
        A member of the Restricted Group shall:
        
        (a)  generally not pay its debts as they become due; or
        
        (b)  threaten to stop making payments generally; or
        
        (c)  admit in writing its inability to pays its debts generally;
             or
        
        (d)  make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
             or
        
        (e)  not be Solvent; or
        
        (f)  be unable to pay its debts; or

20.7    Insolvency proceedings
(a)     Any proceeding shall be instituted in any jurisdiction by or
        against any member of the Restricted Group: 

        (i)  seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent;
        
        (ii) seeking its liquidation, winding up, reorganisation,
             arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition
             of its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,
             insolvency or reorganisation or relief of debtors; or 
        
        (iii)     seeking an administration order, an order for relief,
             or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar
             official, for it or for any substantial part of its
             property, 
        
        so long as in the case of any such proceeding instituted against
        but not by a member of the Restricted Group, in respect of any
        process other than administration:
        
             (A)  such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed
                  for a period of forty-five (45) days; or
             
             (B)  an Event of Default shall not occur if any of the
                  relief sought in such proceeding (including, without
                  limitation the entry of an order for relief against it
                  or against the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
                  custodian or other similar official for it or any
                  substantial part of its property) shall be granted
                  within that 45 day period; or 

(b)     a member of the Restricted Group shall take any corporate action
        to authorise any of the actions set forth in paragraph (a)
        above; or

(c)     any director, or if one or more directors are elected and
        acting, any two directors of the member of the Restricted Group
        or any person owning directly, or indirectly, shares of capital
        stock of a member of the Restricted Group in a number sufficient
        to elect a majority of directors of that member of the
        Restricted Group shall take any preparatory or other steps to
        convene a meeting of any kind of a member of the Restricted
        Group, or any meeting is convened or any other preparatory steps
        are taken, for the purpose of considering or passing any
        resolution or taking any corporate action to authorise any of
        the actions set forth above in paragraph (a) above.

(d)     any order for the winding-up or administration of any member of
        the Restricted Group is made.

20.8    Appointment of receivers and managers
        Any liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian,
        compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver,
        administrator or the like is appointed in respect of any member
        of the Restricted Group or any substantial part of its assets.

20.9    Creditors' process
        One or more judgments or orders for the payment of money, singly
        or in the aggregate, in excess of an amount equal to $10,000,000
        shall be rendered against a member of the Restricted Group and
        either:
        
        (a)  enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any
             creditor upon such judgment or order; or
        
        (b)  there shall have elapsed any period of ten (10) consecutive
             days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or
             order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall
             not have been in effect.
        
20.10   Analogous proceedings
        There occurs, in relation to a member of the Restricted Group,
        any event anywhere which, in the reasonable opinion of the
        Majority Committed Banks, appears to correspond with any of
        those mentioned in Clauses 20.6 (Insolvency) to 20.9 (Creditors'
        process) (inclusive) and any time period referred to in the
        relevant Clause has lapsed.

20.11   Unlawfulness
        It is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor to perform any of its
        obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

20.12   Guarantee
        The guarantee of the Company is not effective or is alleged by
        an Obligor to be ineffective for any reason.
        
20.13   Ownership of the Obligors
        Any Borrower (other than the Company) is not or ceases to be a
        wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company.

20.14   Ownership of the Company
        Micky Arison or Ted Arison (or, in the event of his death, a
        member of his immediate family or another person acceptable to
        the Banks) shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, shares
        of capital stock of the Company entitled to elect directors, in
        a number of shares at least sufficient to elect a majority of
        directors of the Company.
        
20.15   Material adverse change
        An extraordinary event shall occur or a material adverse change
        affecting the business or operations of the Company shall occur,
        which situation or change gives reasonable grounds to conclude
        that the Company will not, or will be unable to, perform or
        observe, in the normal course, its obligations under the Finance
        Documents to which it is a party.
        
20.16   Acceleration
        On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default
        the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority
        Committed Banks, by notice to the Company:-

        (a)  cancel the Total Commitments and the Swingline Commitment;
        and/or
        
        (b)  demand that all the Advances and Swingline Advances,
             together with accrued interest, and all other amounts
             accrued under this Agreement be immediately due and
             payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and
             payable; and/or
        
        (c)  demand that all the Advances and Swingline Advances be
             payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become
             payable on demand.

21.     THE AGENTS AND THE ARRANGER
21.1    Appointment and duties of the Agents
(a)     Each Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent) irrevocably
        appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in
        connection with the Finance Documents.

(b)     Each Borrower irrevocably appoints the Bid Option Agent to act
        as its agent under the Finance Documents in connection with the
        obtaining and receipt of offers in relation to Utilisations of
        the Uncommitted Advance Facility.

(c)     Each Party appointing an Agent irrevocably authorises that Agent
        on its behalf to perform the duties and to exercise the rights,
        powers and discretions that are specifically delegated to it
        under or in connection with the Finance Documents, together with
        any other incidental rights, powers and discretions.

(d)     An Agent shall have only those duties which are expressly
        specified in this Agreement.  Those duties are solely of a
        mechanical and administrative nature.

21.2    Role of the Arranger
        Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Arranger has
        no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in
        connection with any Finance Document.

21.3    Relationship
        The relationship between an Agent and the Parties which have
        appointed it as Agent is that of agent and principal only. 
        Nothing in this Agreement constitutes either Agent as trustee
        or fiduciary for any other Party or any other person and neither
        Agent need hold in trust any moneys paid to it for a Party or
        be liable to account for interest on those moneys.

21.4    Majority Committed Banks' directions
        The Facility Agent will be fully protected if it acts in
        accordance with the instructions of the Majority Committed Banks
        in connection with the exercise of any right, power or
        discretion or any matter not expressly provided for in the
        Finance Documents.  Any such instructions given by the Majority
        Committed Banks will be binding on all the Banks.  In the
        absence of such instructions the Facility Agent may act as it
        considers to be in the best interests of all the Banks.

21.5    Delegation
        Each Agent may act under the Finance Documents through its
        personnel and agents.

21.6    Responsibility for documentation
        None of the Agents and the Arranger is responsible to any other
        Party for:-

        (a)  the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or
             sufficiency of any Finance Document or any other document;
        
        (b)  the collectability of amounts payable under any Finance
        Document; or
        
        (c)  the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral)
             made in or in connection with any Finance Document
             (including any information memorandum).

21.7    Default
(a)     Neither Agent is obliged to monitor or enquire as to whether or
        not a Default has occurred.  Neither Agent will be deemed to
        have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default.  However, if the
        Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this
        Agreement, describing the Default and stating that the event is
        a Default, it shall promptly notify the Banks.

(b)     The Facility Agent may require the receipt of security
        satisfactory to it whether by way of payment in advance or
        otherwise, against any liability or loss which it will or may
        incur in taking any proceedings or action arising out of or in
        connection with any Finance Document before it commences these
        proceedings or takes that action.

21.8    Exoneration
(a)     Without limiting paragraph (b) below, neither Agent will be
        liable to any other Party for any action taken or not taken by
        it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless
        directly caused by that Agent's gross negligence or wilful
        misconduct.

(b)     No Party may take any proceedings against any officer, employee
        or agent of either Agent in respect of any claim it might have
        against that Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any
        kind (including negligence or wilful misconduct) by that
        officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document.

21.9    Reliance
        Each Agent may:-

        (a)  rely on any notice or document reasonably believed by it to
             be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with
             the authority of, the proper person;
        
        (b)  rely on any statement made by a director or employee of any
             person regarding any matters which may reasonably be
             assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to
             verify; and

        (c)  engage, pay for and rely on legal or other professional
             advisers selected by it (including those in the Agent's
             employment and those representing a Party other than that
             Agent).

21.10   Credit approval and appraisal
        Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for
        information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with
        any Finance Document, each Bank confirms that it:-

        (a)  has made its own independent investigation and assessment
             of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and
             its related entities in connection with its participation
             in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any
             information provided to it by either Agent or the Arranger
             in connection with any Finance Document; and

        (b)  will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the
             creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities
             while any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance
             Documents or any Commitment is in force.

21.11   Information
(a)     The Facility Agent shall promptly forward to the person
        concerned the original or a copy of any document which is
        delivered to the Facility Agent by a Party for that person.

(b)     The Facility Agent shall promptly supply a Bank with a copy of
        each document received by the Facility Agent under Clause 4
        (Conditions precedent) or 27.5 (Additional Borrowers) upon the
        request and at the expense of that Bank.

(c)     Except where this Agreement specifically provides otherwise, the
        Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the accuracy
        or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(d)     Except as provided above, neither Agent has any duty:-

        (i)  either initially or on a continuing basis to provide any
             Bank with any credit or other information concerning the
             financial condition or affairs of any Obligor or any
             related entity of any Obligor whether coming into its
             possession or that of any of its related entities before,
             on or after the date of this Agreement; or
        
        (ii) in the case of the Facility Agent and unless
             specifically requested to do so by a Bank in accordance
             with this Agreement, to request any certificates or other
             documents from any Obligor.

21.12   The Agents and the Arranger individually
(a)     If it is also a Bank, each of the Agents and the Arranger has
        the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other
        Bank and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were
        not an Agent or the Arranger.

(b)     Each of the Agents and Arranger may:-

        (i)  carry on any business with an Obligor or its related
        entities;
        
        (ii) act as agent or trustee for, or in relation to any
             financing involving, an Obligor or its related entities;
             and
        
        (iii)     retain any profits or remuneration in connection with
             its activities under this Agreement or in relation to any
             of the foregoing.

21.13   Indemnities
(a)     The Company shall within 5 Business Days of a demand indemnify
        the Bid Option Agent for any liability or loss incurred by the
        Bid Option Agent in any way relating to or arising out of its
        acting as the Bid Option Agent other than any liability or loss
        arising as a result of its gross negligence or wilful default.

(b)     Without limiting the liability of any Obligor under the Finance
        Documents, each Bank shall forthwith on demand indemnify the
        Facility Agent for its proportion of any liability or loss
        incurred by the Facility Agent in any way relating to or arising
        out of its acting as the Facility Agent, except to the extent
        that the liability or loss arises directly from the Facility
        Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(c)     A Bank's proportion of the liability or loss set out in
        paragraph (b) above is the proportion which the Original Dollar
        Amount of its Advance(s) (if any) bears to the Original Dollar
        Amount of all Advances outstanding on the date of the demand. 
        If, however, no Advances are outstanding on the date of demand,
        then the indemnity will be provided only by the Committed Banks,
        and a Committed Bank's proportion will be the proportion which
        its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments at the date of
        demand or, if the Total Commitments have been cancelled, bore
        to the Total Commitments immediately before being cancelled.

(d)     The Company shall within 5 Business Days of a demand reimburse
        each Bank for any payment made by it under paragraph (b) above.

21.14   Compliance
(a)     An Agent may refrain from doing anything which might, in its
        opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be
        otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do
        anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to
        comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

(b)     Without limiting paragraph (a) above, neither Agent need
        disclose any information relating to any Obligor or any of its
        related entities if the disclosure might, in the opinion of that
        Agent, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or any duty
        of secrecy or confidentiality or be otherwise actionable at the
        suit of any person.

21.15   Resignation of Agents
(a)     Notwithstanding its irrevocable appointment, an Agent may resign
        by giving notice to the Banks and the Company, in which case the
        Agent concerned may (after consultation with the Company)
        forthwith appoint one of its Affiliates as successor Agent or,
        failing that, the Majority Committed Banks may appoint a
        successor Agent.

(b)     If the appointment of a successor Agent is to be made by the
        Majority Committed Banks but they have not, within 30 days after
        notice of resignation, appointed a successor Agent which accepts
        the appointment, the retiring Agent may appoint a successor
        Agent.

(c)     The resignation of the retiring Agent and the appointment of any
        successor Agent will both become effective only upon the
        successor Agent notifying all the Parties that it accepts the
        appointment.  On giving the notification, the successor Agent
        will succeed to the position of the retiring Agent and the term
        "Facility Agent" or "Bid Option Agent", as appropriate, will
        mean the successor Agent.

(d)     The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the
        successor Agent such documents and records and provide such
        assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the
        purposes of performing its functions as the relevant Agent under
        this Agreement.

(e)     Upon its resignation becoming effective, this Clause 21 (The
        Agents and the Arranger) shall continue to benefit the retiring
        Agent in respect of any action taken or not taken by it under
        or in connection with the Finance Documents while it was an
        Agent, and, subject to paragraph (d) above, it shall have no
        further obligation under any Finance Document.

21.16   Banks
        Each Agent may treat each Bank as a Bank, entitled to payments
        under this Agreement and as acting through its Facility
        Office(s) until it has received notice from the Bank or the
        Facility Agent to the contrary by not less than 5 Business Days
        prior to the relevant payment.

21.17   Information between Agents
        Each Agent shall promptly notify the other Agent of any relevant
        information concerning a Utilisation which the other Agent
        requires in order to enable it to perform its obligations under
        this Agreement.

22.     FEES
22.1    Facility Fee
(a)     The Company shall pay to the Facility Agent for each Committed
        Bank a facility fee computed at the rate per annum determined
        in accordance with Clause 10.3 (Determination of applicable
        Margin and Facility Fee) on the amount of that Committed Bank's
        Commitment (irrespective of the level of usage of Facilities)
        during the period from the date of this Agreement up to and
        including the Final Maturity Date or if earlier, the date of
        cancellation of the Total Commitments in full.

(b)     Accrued facility fee is payable quarterly in arrear.  Accrued
        facility fee is also payable to the Facility Agent for the
        relevant Committed Bank(s) on the cancelled amount of its
        Commitment at the time the cancellation takes effect.

22.2    Auction fee
        The Company shall pay to the Bid Option Agent for its own
        account, upon delivery of each Request for the Uncommitted
        Advance Facility, a tender fee in the amount agreed in the Fee
        Letter.

22.3    VAT
        Any fee referred to in this Clause 22 (Fees) is exclusive of any
        value added tax or any other similar tax which might be
        chargeable in connection with that fee.  If any value added tax
        or other similar tax is so chargeable, it shall be paid by the
        Company at the same time as it pays the relevant fee.

23.     EXPENSES
23.1    Initial and special costs
        The Company shall within 5 Business Days of a demand pay the
        Facility Agent and the Arranger the amount of all reasonable
        costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by either of
        them in connection with:-

        (a)  the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of:-

             (i)  this Agreement and any other documents referred to in
             this Agreement;
             
             (ii) any other Finance Document (other than a Novation
                  Certificate in the form of Part I of Schedule 4)
                  executed after the date of this Agreement;

        (b)  any amendment, waiver, consent or suspension of rights (or
             any proposal for any of the foregoing) requested by or on
             behalf of an Obligor and relating to a Finance Document or
             a document referred to in any Finance Document; and

        (c)  any other matter, not of an ordinary administrative nature,
             arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document.

        The Company's obligations to reimburse the Facility Agent for
        fees and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it and
        referred to in paragraph (a) above and incurred in respect of
        the production of any document prepared to effect Syndication
        shall be limited to the amounts agreed between the Company and
        the Arranger prior to the date of this Agreement.

23.2    Enforcement costs
        The Company shall within 5 Business Days of a demand pay to each
        Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including
        legal fees) properly incurred by it:-

        (a)  in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation
             of any rights under, any Finance Document; or
        
        (b)  in investigating any likely Default.

24.     INDEMNITIES
24.1    Currency indemnity
(a)     If a Finance Party receives an amount in respect of an Obligor's
        liability under the Finance Documents or if that liability is
        converted into a claim, proof, judgment or order in a currency
        other than the currency (the "contractual currency") in which
        the amount is expressed to be payable under the relevant Finance
        Document:-

        (i)  that Obligor shall indemnify that Finance Party as an
             independent obligation against any loss or liability
             arising out of or as a result of the conversion;
        
        (ii) if the amount received by that Finance Party, when
             converted into the contractual currency at a market rate in
             the usual course of its business, is less than the amount
             owed in the contractual currency, the Obligor concerned
             shall forthwith on demand pay to that Finance Party an
             amount in the contractual currency equal to the deficit;
             and

        (iii)     the Obligor shall pay to the Finance Party concerned on
             demand any exchange costs and taxes payable in connection
             with any such conversion.

(b)     Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction
        to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency
        other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

24.2    Other indemnities
        The Company shall within 5 Business Days of a demand indemnify
        each Finance Party against any loss or liability which that
        Finance Party incurs as a consequence of:- 

        (a)  the occurrence of any Default;
        
        (b)  the operation of Clause 20.16 (Acceleration) or Clause 30
        (Pro rata sharing);
        
        (c)  any payment of principal or an overdue amount being
             received from any source otherwise than on its Maturity
             Date and, for the purposes of this paragraph (c), the
             Maturity Date of an overdue amount is the last day of each
             Designated Term (as defined in Clause 10.4 (Default
             interest)) but if a Bank actually makes a profit, over its
             cost of funding an Advance, as a result of the prepayment
             of that Advance and the placing of the funds so received on
             deposit, it shall pay to the Borrower concerned an amount
             equal to the profit actually made by that Bank, to the
             intent that the Bank shall be no better or worse off than
             if the Advance had not been prepaid; or
        
        (d)  (other than by reason of negligence or default by a Finance
             Party) a Utilisation not being effected or a Swingline
             Advance not being made after:-

             (i)  in the case of a Utilisation of the Committed Advance
                  Facility or the making of a Swingline Advance, the
                  Borrower has delivered a Request for that Utilisation
                  or Swingline Advance; or
             
             (ii) in the case of a Utilisation of the Uncommitted
                  Advance Facility, the Borrower has accepted offers for
                  that Utilisation.
        
        The Company's liability in each case includes any loss (other
        than loss of margin) for other loss or expense on account of
        funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount
        payable under any Finance Document, any amount repaid or prepaid
        or any Advance.

25.     EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS
25.1    Accounts
        Accounts maintained by a Finance Party in connection with this
        Agreement are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they
        relate.

25.2    Certificates and determinations
        Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate
        or amount under this Agreement is prima facie evidence of the
        matters to which it relates.

25.3    Calculations
        Interest and the Facility Fee accrue from day to day and are
        calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and
        a year of 360 days, or in the case of interest (including any
        applicable MLA Cost) payable on an amount denominated in
        Sterling only, 365 days.

26.     AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
26.1    Procedure
(a)     Subject to Clause 26.2 (Exceptions), any term of the Finance
        Documents may be amended or waived with the agreement of the
        Company, the Majority Committed Banks and the Facility Agent. 
        The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of the Committed Banks,
        an amendment to which they or the Majority Committed Banks have
        agreed.

(b)     The provisions of Clause 6 (The Uncommitted Advance Facility)
        may be amended or waived with the agreement of the Company and
        the Facility Agent, but an amendment or waiver so effected will
        apply only to Utilisations requested after the date the
        amendment or waiver has been effected.

(c)     The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the other Parties of
        any amendment or waiver effected under paragraphs (a) or (b)
        above, and any such amendment or waiver shall be binding on all
        the Parties.

26.2    Exceptions
(a)     An amendment or waiver which relates to:-
        
        (i)  the definition of "Majority Committed Banks" in Clause 1.1;
        
        (ii) an extension of the date for, or a decrease in an
             amount or a change in the currency of, any payment under
             the Finance Documents;
        
        (iii)     an increase in a Committed Bank's Commitment;
        
        (iv) the incorporation of additional borrowers otherwise
             than in accordance with Clause 27.5 (Additional Borrowers)
             or a release of the Company's obligations under Clause 17
             (Guarantee);
        
        (v)  a term of a Finance Document which expressly requires the
             consent of each Committed Bank; or
        
        (vi) Clause 30 (Pro rata sharing) or this Clause 26
        (Amendments and waivers),

        may not be effected without the consent of each Committed Bank.

(b)     (i)  A Bid Option Bank which has made an Advance which is still
             outstanding or has outstanding any offer to make an
             Advance, is not bound by an amendment or waiver which
             relates to:-

             (A)  the extension of the date for, or a decrease in an
                  amount or a change in the currency of, any payment to
                  it under the Finance Documents; or
             
             (B)  Clause 30 (Pro Rata Sharing) or this Clause 26
             (Amendments and waivers),
             
             unless it consents to that amendment or waiver.
        
        (ii) No amendment may be made to the terms of or any waiver
             be given under the Swingline Facility without the consent
             of the Swingline Bank.

(c)     The rights of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents:-

        (i)  may be exercised as often as necessary;
        
        (ii) are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under
        the general law; and
        
        (iii)     may be waived only in writing and specifically.
        
        Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any such right is not a
        waiver of that right.

27.     CHANGES TO THE PARTIES
27.1    Transfers by Obligors
        No Obligor may assign, transfer, novate or dispose of any of,
        or any interest in, its rights and/or obligations under this
        Agreement without the prior consent of the Banks.

27.2    Transfers by Banks
(a)     A Bank (the "Existing Bank") may at any time assign, transfer
        or novate any of its rights and/or obligations under this
        Agreement to another bank or financial institution (the "New
        Bank") which is a Qualifying Bank in minimum amounts and
        integral multiples of $10,000,000.  The prior consent of the
        Company is required for any such assignment, transfer or
        novation, unless:-

        (i)  the transfer or novation constitutes the completion of
             Syndication to banks and financial institutions agreed
             between the Company and the Arranger prior to the date of
             this Agreement or otherwise agreed between the Company and
             the Facility Agent (each acting reasonably) thereafter; or
        
        (ii) the New Bank is another Bank or an Affiliate of a Bank;
             or
        
        (iii)     an Event of a Default is outstanding.
        
        However, the prior consent of the Company must not be
        unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(b)     A transfer of obligations will be effective only if either:-

        (i)  the obligations are novated in accordance with Clause 27.3
             (Procedure for novations); or
        
        (ii) the New Bank confirms to the Facility Agent and the
             Company that it undertakes to be bound by the terms of this
             Agreement as a Bank in form and substance satisfactory to
             the Facility Agent.  On the transfer becoming effective in
             this manner the Existing Bank shall be relieved of its
             obligations under this Agreement to the extent that they
             are transferred to the New Bank.

(c)     Nothing in this Agreement restricts the ability of a Bank to
        sub-contract an obligation, on terms where the relevant Bank
        retains the discretion to exercise its voting rights under this
        Agreement without reference to any party to that sub-contract,
        if that Bank remains liable under this Agreement for that
        obligation.

(d)     On each occasion (other than the completion of Syndication) that
        an Existing Bank assigns, transfers or novates any of its rights
        and/or obligations under this Agreement, the New Bank shall, on
        the date the assignment, transfer and/or novation takes effect,
        pay to the Facility Agent for its own account a fee of $2,500.

(e)     An Existing Bank is not responsible to a New Bank for:-

        (i)  the execution, genuineness, validity, enforceability or
             sufficiency of any Finance Document or any other document;
        
        (ii) the collectability of amounts payable under any Finance
        Document; or
        
        (iii)     the accuracy of any statements (whether written or
             oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document.

(f)     Each New Bank confirms to the Existing Bank and the other
        Finance Parties that it:-

        (i)  has made its own independent investigation and assessment
             of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and
             its related entities in connection with its participation
             in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any
             information provided to it by the Existing Bank in
             connection with any Finance Document; and
        
        (ii) will continue to make its own independent appraisal of
             the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related
             entities while any amount is or may be outstanding under
             this Agreement or any Commitment is in force.

(g)     Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Bank to:-

        (i)  accept a re-transfer from a New Bank of any of the rights
             and/or obligations assigned, transferred or novated under
             this Clause; or
        
        (ii) support any losses incurred by the New Bank by reason
             of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations
             under this Agreement or otherwise.
        
(h)     Any reference in this Agreement to a Bank includes a New Bank,
        but excludes a Committed Bank if no amount is or may be owed to
        or by that Committed Bank under this Agreement and its
        Commitment has been cancelled or reduced to nil.

(i)     If, at the time of any novation, transfer or assignment by a
        Bank (including, without limitation, on the Syndication Date or
        pursuant to Syndication) or of any change of Facility Office,
        circumstances exist which would oblige the Company or any
        Borrower to pay to the New Bank (or, in the case of a change in
        Facility Office, the relevant Bank), under Clause 13 (Taxes),
        Clause 15 (Increased costs) or Clause 16 (Illegality and
        mitigation) any sum in excess of the sum (if any) which it would
        have been obliged to pay to that Bank under the relevant Clause
        in the absence of that novation, transfer assignment or change,
        no Obligor shall be obliged to pay that excess.

27.3    Procedure for novations
(a)     A novation is effected if:-

        (i)  the Existing Bank and the New Bank deliver to the Facility
             Agent a duly completed certificate, substantially in the
             form of Part I of Schedule 4 and the Facility Agent
             executes it; or
        
        (ii) a Novation Certificate in the form of Schedule 6 is
        executed by all the parties thereto.

(b)     Each Party (other than the Existing Bank and the New Bank)
        irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to execute any duly
        completed Novation Certificate in the form of Part I of
        Schedule 4 on its behalf.

(c)     To the extent that they are expressed to be the subject of the
        novation in the Novation Certificate:-

        (i)  the Existing Bank and the other Parties (the "existing
             Parties") will be released from their obligations to each
             other (the "discharged obligations");
        
        (ii) the New Bank and the existing Parties will assume
             obligations towards each other which differ from the
             discharged obligations only insofar as they are owed to or
             assumed by the New Bank instead of the Existing Bank;
        
        (iii)     the rights of the Existing Bank against the existing
             Parties and vice versa (the "discharged rights") will be
             cancelled; and
        
        (iv) the New Bank and the existing Parties will acquire
             rights against each other which differ from the discharged
             rights only insofar as they are exercisable by or against
             the New Bank instead of the Existing Bank,

        all on the date of execution of the Novation Certificate by the
        Facility Agent or, if later, the date specified in the Novation
        Certificate.

27.4    Changes to the Bid Option Banks and the Bid Option Agent
(a)     (i)  The Company may, after consultation with the Bid Option
             Agent, require the discharge of any Bid Option Bank (other
             than a Bid Option Bank which is a Committed Bank or an
             Affiliate of a Committed Bank) by not less than 5 Business
             Days' notice to the Bid Option Agent and the Bid Option
             Bank concerned.

        (ii) A Bid Option Bank may, by not less than 5 Business
             Days' notice to the Bid Option Agent, retire as a Bid
             Option Bank.

        (iii)     In the event of any discharge or retirement under
             sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) above, the Bid Option Bank concerned
             will cease to participate further in the Uncommitted
             Advance Facility.  However, any such discharge or
             retirement will not affect that Bid Option Bank's rights
             and obligations in respect of any outstanding offer made by
             it or in respect of any outstanding Advance made by it.
(b)     Any bank or financial institution may become a Bid Option Bank
        if:-

        (i)  that bank or financial institution is also a Committed
             Bank;
        
        (ii) it delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed
             accession agreement, substantially in the form set out in
             Part II of Schedule 4, (a "Bid Option Bank Accession
             Agreement") and the Facility Agent counter-signs it on
             behalf of all the Parties; or
        
        (iii)     it executes a Novation Certificate, in the form of
             Schedule 6, by which it agrees to become a Bid Option Bank.
        
        Each Party authorises the Facility Agent to counter-sign any Bid
        Option Bank Accession Agreement on its behalf.

(c)     Any reference in this Agreement to the Banks or the Bid Option
        Banks includes any bank or financial institution which becomes
        a Bid Option Bank in accordance with this Clause, but excludes
        a Bid Option Bank which is discharged or retires under this
        Clause when no amount is or may be owed to or by that Bid Option
        Bank under this Agreement.

27.5    Additional Borrowers
(a)     If the Company wishes one of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries
        incorporated in England and Wales to become an Additional
        Borrower, then it may (after prior consultation with the
        Facility Agent) deliver to the Facility Agent the documents
        listed in Part II of Schedule 2.

(b)     On delivery of a Borrower Accession Agreement, executed by the
        relevant Subsidiary and the Company, the Subsidiary concerned
        will become an Additional Borrower.  However, it may not utilise
        any of the Facilities or (in the case of the first Additional
        Borrower at, or shortly after, the time it becomes an Additional
        Borrower) accept a transfer of any Advances until the Facility
        Agent confirms to the other Finance Parties and the Company that
        it has received or waived all the documents referred to in
        paragraph (a) above in form and substance satisfactory to it.

(c)     Delivery of a Borrower Accession Agreement, executed by the
        Subsidiary and the Company, constitutes confirmation by that
        Subsidiary that the representations and warranties set out in
        Clause 18 (Representations and warranties) and to be made by it
        on the date of the Borrower Accession Agreement are correct in
        all material respects, as if made with reference to the facts
        and circumstances then existing.

27.6    Reference Banks
        If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Committed
        Bank, the Committed Bank of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to
        be one of the Committed Banks, the Facility Agent shall (in
        consultation with the Company) appoint another Committed Bank
        or an Affiliate of a Committed Bank to replace that Reference
        Bank.

27.7    Register
        The Facility Agent shall keep a register of all the Parties and
        shall supply any other Party (at that Party's expense) with a
        copy of the register on request.

28.     DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION
(a)     Subject to paragraph (b) below, a Bank may disclose to one of
        its Affiliates or any person with whom it is proposing to enter,
        or has entered into, any kind of transfer, participation or
        other agreement in relation to this Agreement:-

        (i)  a copy of any Finance Document; and
        
        (ii) any information which that Bank has acquired under or
             in connection with any Finance Document.

(b)     Any information referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) above which is
        confidential may only be disclosed to a person with whom a Bank
        is proposing to enter, or has entered into, a transfer,
        participation or other agreement in relation to this Agreement
        if the person has provided the Company with a written
        undertaking to keep the information confidential and only to use
        it for the purposes of this Agreement.

29.     SET-OFF
        After an Event of Default has occurred and while the same is
        continuing, a Finance Party may set off any matured obligation
        owed by an Obligor under this Agreement (to the extent
        beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any obligation
        (whether or not matured) owed by that Finance Party to that
        Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or
        currency of either obligation.  If the obligations are in
        different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either
        obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of
        business for the purpose of the set-off.  Each Finance Party
        which exercises its right of set-off under this Clause 29 shall
        thereafter notify the Company of that exercise.

30.     PRO RATA SHARING
30.1    Redistribution
        If any amount owing by an Obligor under this Agreement to a
        Finance Party (the "recovering Finance Party") is discharged by
        payment, set-off or any other manner other than through the
        Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 12 (Payments) (a
        "recovery"), then:-

        (a)  the recovering Finance Party shall, within 3 Business Days,
             notify details of the recovery to the Facility Agent;

        (b)  the Facility Agent shall determine whether the recovery is
             in excess of the amount which the recovering Finance Party
             would have received had the recovery been received by the
             Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 12
             (Payments);

        (c)  subject to Clause 30.3 (Exception), the recovering Finance
             Party shall, within 3 Business Days of demand by the
             Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the
             "redistribution") equal to the excess;

        (d)  the Facility Agent shall treat the redistribution as if it
             were a payment by the Obligor concerned under Clause 12
             (Payments) and shall pay the redistribution to the Finance
             Parties (other than the recovering Finance Party) in
             accordance with Clause 12.7 (Partial payments); and

        (e)  after payment of the full redistribution, the recovering
             Finance Party will be subrogated to the portion of the
             claims paid under paragraph (d) above, and that Obligor
             will owe the recovering Finance Party a debt which is equal
             to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type
             originally discharged.

30.2    Reversal of redistribution
        If under Clause 30.1 (Redistribution):-

        (a)  a recovering Finance Party must subsequently return a
             recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery,
             to an Obligor; and
        
        (b)  the recovering Finance Party has paid a redistribution in
             relation to that recovery,
        
        each Finance Party shall, within 3 Business Days of demand by
        the recovering Finance Party through the Facility Agent,
        reimburse the recovering Finance Party all or the appropriate
        portion of the redistribution paid to that Finance Party. 
        Thereupon the subrogation in Clause 30.1(e) (Redistribution)
        will operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.

30.3    Exception
        A recovering Finance Party need not pay a redistribution to the
        extent that it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim
        against the Obligor concerned in the amount of the
        redistribution pursuant to Clause 30.1(e) (Redistribution).

31.     SEVERABILITY
        If a provision of any Finance Document is or becomes illegal,
        invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, that shall not
        affect:-

        (a)  the legality, validity or enforceability in that
             jurisdiction of any other provision of the Finance
             Documents; or

        (b)  the legality, validity or enforceability in other
             jurisdictions of that or any other provision of the Finance
             Documents.
        
32.     COUNTERPARTS
        This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts,
        and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the
        counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

33.     NOTICES
33.1    Giving of notices
        All notices or other communications under or in connection with
        this Agreement shall be given in writing or by telex or
        facsimile.  Any such notice will be deemed to be given as
        follows:-

        (a)  if in writing, when delivered;
        
        (b)  if by telex, when despatched, but only if, at the time of
             transmission, the correct answerback appears at the start
             and at the end of the sender's copy of the notice; and
        
        (c)  if by facsimile, when received in legible form,
        
        so long as, in the case of notices given by facsimile by a
        Borrower to the Facility Agent, the relevant Borrower has
        entered into an indemnity agreement with the Facility Agent in
        form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.
        
        However, a notice given in accordance with the above but
        received on a non-working day or after business hours in the
        place of receipt will only be deemed to be given on the next
        working day in that place.

33.2    Addresses for notices
(a)     The address, telex number and facsimile number of each Party
        (other than an Agent) for all notices under or in connection
        with this Agreement are:-

        (i)  that notified by that Party for this purpose to the
             Facility Agent on or before it becomes a Party; or
        
        (ii) any other notified by that Party for this purpose to
             the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days'
             notice.

(b)     The address, telex numbers and facsimile numbers of the Agents
are:-

        NationsBank, N.A., London Branch
        Loans Agency Department
        New Broad Street House
        35 New Broad Street
        London  EC2M 1NH
        
        Telephone:     0171 860 3742
        Facsimile:     0171 628 8692
        Telex:         883181 NCNB G

        or such other as either Agent may notify to the other Parties
        by not less than 5 Business Days' notice.

(c)     The Facility Agent shall, promptly upon request from any Party,
        give to that Party the address, telex number or facsimile number
        of any other Party applicable at the time for the purposes of
        this Clause.

34.     JURISDICTION
34.1    Submission
        For the benefit of each Finance Party, each Obligor agrees that
        the courts of England have jurisdiction to settle any disputes
        in connection with any Finance Document and accordingly submits
        to the jurisdiction of the English courts.

34.2    Service of process
        Without prejudice to any other mode of service, each Obligor
        (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):-

        (a)  irrevocably appoints Michael Muller of Alton House, 177
             High Holborn, London WC1V 7AA as its agent for service of
             process relating to any proceedings before the English
             courts in connection with any Finance Document;
        
        (b)  agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the
             Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings
             concerned; and
        
        (c)  consents to the service of process relating to any such
             proceedings by prepaid posting of a copy of the process to
             its address for the time being applying under Clause 33.2
             (Addresses for notices).

34.3    Forum convenience and enforcement abroad
        Each Obligor:-

        (a)  waives objection to the English courts on grounds of
             inconvenient forum or otherwise as regards proceedings in
             connection with a Finance Document; and
        
        (b)  agrees that a judgment or order of an English court in
             connection with a Finance Document is conclusive and
             binding on it and may be enforced against it in the courts
             of any other jurisdiction.

34.4    Non-exclusivity
        Nothing in this Clause 34 limits the right of a Finance Party
        to bring proceedings against an Obligor in connection with any
        Finance Document:-

        (a)  in any other court of competent jurisdiction; or
        
        (b)  concurrently in more than one jurisdiction.

35.     GOVERNING LAW
        This Agreement is governed by English law.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the
beginning of this Agreement.

                                 SCHEDULE 1

                                 COMMITMENTS
                                      
                                   Part I 
                       The Committed Advance Facility

Committed Bank                                             Commitment
         $

NationsBank, N.A.                                        300,000,000

                                                        ____________

                                      Total Commitments $300,000,000
                                                        ____________




                                   Part II
                           The Swingline Facility
                                      
Swingline Bank                                         Swingline Commitment
         
NationsBank, N.A., London Branch                            $10,000,000




                                 SCHEDULE 2
                                      
                       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

                                   PART I
                                      
                TO BE DELIVERED BEFORE THE FIRST UTILISATION

1.      All Obligors
(a)     A copy of constitutional documents of each Obligor; and

(b)     a copy of its Original Accounts and its most recent unaudited
        financial statements.

2.      Company
(a)     A copy of a resolution of the executive committee of the board
of directors of the Company:-

        (i)  approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated
             by, this Agreement and resolving that it execute this
             Agreement and the Fee Letter;
        
        (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute
             this Agreement and the Fee Letter on its behalf; and

        (iii)     authorising a specified person or persons, on its
             behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and
             notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in
             connection with this Agreement;

(b)     a certificate of good standing in relation to the Company;

(c)     a specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the
        resolution referred to in paragraph (a) above;

(d)     a certificate of a senior officer of the Company confirming that
        utilisation of the Facilities in full would not cause any
        borrowing limit binding on any Obligor to be exceeded;

(e)     a five year cash flow projection and the related income
        statement and balance sheet for the Company;

(f)     a certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the Company
        certifying that each copy document specified in Part I of this
        Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as
        at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement; and 

(g)     a letter from Michael Muller confirming his acceptance of his
        appointment to act as process agent under clause 34.2 (Service
        of process).

3.      Legal opinions
        A legal opinion of Allen & Overy, English legal advisers to the
        Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.
        
        A legal opinion of Tapia Linares y Alfaro, external Panamanian
        legal advisers to the Company, addressed to the Finance Parties.
        
        A legal opinion of Arnaldo Perez, general counsel to the
                Company, addressed to the Finance Parties.
                   

                                 PART II
                                      
                  TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL BORROWER


(a)     A Borrower Accession Agreement, duly executed by the Additional
        Borrower and the Company;

(b)     a copy of the memorandum and articles of association and
        certificate of incorporation of the Additional Borrower;

(c)     a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the
Additional Borrower:-

        (i)  approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated
             by, the Borrower Accession Agreement and resolving that it
             execute the Borrower Accession Agreement;
        
        (ii) authorising a specified person or persons to execute
             the Borrower Accession Agreement on its behalf; and

        (iii)     authorising a specified person or persons, on its
             behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and
             notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in
             connection with this Agreement;

(d)     a certificate of a director of the Additional Borrower
        confirming that utilisation of the Facilities in full would not
        cause any borrowing limit binding on it to be exceeded;

(e)     (in the case of any Additional Borrower other than the first)
        a copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or
        assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or
        desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of,
        and the transactions contemplated by, the Borrower Accession
        Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance
        Document;

(f)     a specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the
        resolution referred to in paragraph (c) above;

(g)     Original Accounts (if any) of the Additional Borrower;

(h)     a legal opinion of Allen & Overy, legal advisers to the Facility
        Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties; and

(i)     a certificate of an Authorised Signatory of the Additional
        Borrower certifying that each copy document specified in Part II
        of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and
        effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Borrower
                Accession Agreement.
SCH                                EDULE 3

                               FORM OF REQUEST

To:     NATIONSBANK, N.A. London Branch as [Facility Agent/Bid Option
        Agent/Swingline Bank] 

From:     [BORROWER]

                                             Date:     [          ]


  CARNIVAL CORPORATION $300,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement
                             dated 
     [                      ], 1996

1.   We wish to utilise the [          ]* Facility as follows:-

     (a)  Utilisation Date: [          ]
     
     (b)  Requested Amount: [          ]
     
     (c)  Term: [          ] /alternative Term: [          ]** 
     
     (d)  Currency: [              ]
     
     (e)  Payment Instructions: [          ].
     
     (f)  as at the date of this Request, the Company's long term
          debt is rated [        ] by Moody's and/or [          ] by
          S&P.

2.   We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further
     conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Request.



By:

[BORROWER]
Authorised Signatory

                           SCHEDULE 4
                                
                  FORMS OF ACCESSION DOCUMENTS

                             PART I
                                
                      NOVATION CERTIFICATE

To:  NATIONSBANK, N.A., London Branch as Facility Agent

From:     [THE EXISTING BANK] and [THE NEW BANK]            Date:  [          ]


 CARNIVAL CORPORATION -$300,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement
                             dated 
[                       ], 1996

We refer to Clause 27.3 (Procedure for novations).

1.   We [          ] (the "Existing Bank") and [          ] (the "New
     Bank") agree to the Existing Bank and the New Bank novating all
     the Existing Bank's rights and obligations referred to in the
     Schedule in accordance with Clause 27.3 (Procedure for
     novations).

2.   The specified date for the purposes of Clause 27.3(c) is [date
of novation].

3.   The Facility Office and address for notices of the New Bank for
     the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses for notices) are set out
     in the Schedule.

4.   This Novation Certificate is governed by English law.


                          THE SCHEDULE
                                
              Rights and obligations to be novated

[Details of the rights and obligations of the Existing Bank to be
novated].

[New Bank]

[Facility Office
Address for notices]

[Existing Bank]     [New Bank]          NATIONSBANK, N.A., London
                                        Branch

By:                 By:                 By:

Date:               Date:               Date:

                            PART II
                                
              BID OPTION BANK ACCESSION AGREEMENT

To:  NATIONSBANK, N.A., London Branch as Facility Agent

From:     [NEW BID OPTION BANK]

                                             Date:     [          ]

 CARNIVAL CORPORATION -$300,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement
dated [                  ], 1996 (the "Credit Agreement")

We refer to Clause 27.4 (Changes in the Bid Option Banks and the Bid
Option Agent).

We agree to become a Bid Option Bank and to be bound by the terms
of the Facility Agreement as a Bid Option Bank in accordance with
Clause 27.4 (Changes in the Bid Option Banks and the Bid Option
Agent).

Our Facility Office and address for notices for the purposes of
Clause 33.2 (Addresses for notices) are:-

Facility Office          Address for notices
[                        [



               ]                        ]

This Agreement is governed by English law.


By:

[NEW BID OPTION BANK]

Acknowledgement

We confirm that you have become a Bid Option Bank with effect from
[          ].

NATIONSBANK, N.A., London Branch

By:

Date:


                            PART III
                                
                  BORROWER ACCESSION AGREEMENT



To:  NATIONSBANK, N.A., London Branch as Facility Agent

From:     [PROPOSED BORROWER] and CARNIVAL CORPORATION

                                                  [       ], 1996


 CARNIVAL CORPORATION -$300,000,000 Revolving Credit Agreement
dated [                  ], 1996 (the "Credit Agreement")

We refer to Clause 27.5 (Additional Borrowers).

[Name of company] of [Registered Office] (Registered no.
[          ]) (the "Proposed Borrower") agrees to become an
Additional Borrower and to be bound by the terms of the Facility
Agreement as an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 27.5
(Additional Borrowers).

The address for notices of the Proposed Borrower for the purposes
of Clause 33.2 (Addresses for notices) is:-

[
                              ]


This Agreement is governed by English law.

By:

[PROPOSED BORROWER] 
Authorised Signatory

By:

CARNIVAL CORPORATION
Authorised Signatory





                           SCHEDULE 5

                           TIMETABLES

In this Schedule 5:-

D-[x]     =    x Business Days before the relevant Utilisation Date

FA   =    Facility Agent

BOA  =    Bid Option Agent

CB   =    Committed Bank

BOB  =    Bid Option Bank


             CLAUSE 5 - COMMITTED ADVANCE FACILITY

                                        


Clause
Event
Time

(approximate
equivalent
time in Miami)


5.1
FA receives Request 
D-3
3.30 p.m.
D-3
10.30 a.m.








5.4
FA notifies CBs of details of
Request and amount of each
CB's Advance
D-3
5.00 p.m.
D-3
12 noon








5.6(b)
FA receives objection from a
CB to selection of a Term of
an optional duration
D-2
9.00 a.m.
D-2
4.00 a.m.








5.6(c)
FA notifies Borrower and CBs
of the new Term
D-2
10.00 a.m.
D-2
5.00 a.m.


            CLAUSE 6 - UNCOMMITTED ADVANCE FACILITY



Clause
Event
Time

(approximate
equivalent
time in
Miami)


6.1
BOA receives Request 
D-4
3.00 p.m.
D-4
10.00 a.m.


6.3
BOA notifies BOBs of details
of Request 
D-4
5.00 p.m.
D-4
12 noon


6.4(c)
BOA and Affiliates make
offers to Borrower
D-3
9.00 a.m.
D-3
4.00 a.m.


6.4(a)
BOA receives offers from
BOBs 
D-3
10.00 a.m.
D-3
5.00 a.m.


6.4(d)
BOA notifies Borrower of
offers 
D-3
2.00 p.m.
D-3
9.00 a.m.


6.5(a)
and
6.4(b)

Borrower accepts or rejects
offers 

D-3
3.30 p.m.

D-3
10.30 a.m.


6.5(c)
BOA informs BOBs of results
of offers
D-3
5.00 p.m.
D-3
12 noon



                           SCHEDULE 6
                                
            ALTERNATIVE FORM OF NOVATION CERTIFICATE





                                
                                
                       NOVATION AGREEMENT



                 DATED [                      ]


                                
      relating to a $300,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility


                              for


                      CARNIVAL CORPORATION

                                
                                
                          arranged by
                                
                                
                                
               NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

                                









                         ALLEN & OVERY
                             London
THIS AGREEMENT is dated [    ] between: 

(1)  CARNIVAL CORPORATION (the "Company"); 

(2)  NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC. as arranger (in this capacity
     the "Arranger");

(3)  NATIONSBANK, N.A. as the bank party to the Credit Agreement (as
     defined below) as at today's date as a Committed Bank, an
     Uncommitted Bank and the Swingline Bank (the "Existing Bank"); 

(4)  THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Parts II and III of
     Schedule 1 as the banks who wish to accede to the Credit
     Agreement as Banks (the "New Banks"); and 

(5)  NATIONSBANK, N.A., London Branch as facility agent (in this
     capacity the "Facility Agent").

IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.   INTERPRETATION 

1.1  Definitions 
     In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears or the
     context otherwise requires:
     
     "Credit Agreement"
     means the Credit Agreement dated [           ],1996 between
     the Company, the Arranger, the Existing Bank, the Bid Option
     Agent and the Facility Agent.
     
     "Effective Date"
     means
     [                                                        ].

1.2  Incorporation of Credit Agreement definitions
     Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall, unless the contrary
     intention appears or the context otherwise requires, have the
     same meaning in this Agreement.

1.3  Incorporation 
     Clauses 1.2 (Construction), 31 (Severability) and 32
     (Counterparts) of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this
     Agreement, mutatis mutandis.  
     
2.   CONSENT, CONFIRMATION AND DESIGNATION

2.1  Consent and confirmation
     The Borrowers, the Arranger, the Existing Bank and the Facility
     Agent each consent to the New Banks becoming Banks and confirm
     that, except as expressly provided by the terms of this
     Agreement, each of the Finance Documents shall continue in full
     force and effect.  
     
2.2  Designation
     The Facility Agent and the Company hereby designate this
     Agreement a Finance Document.

3.   NOVATION

3.1  Novation of Commitments and related rights and obligations and
     new Bid Option Banks
     On the Effective Date (regardless of whether a Default is then
     continuing):

     (a)  each New Bank named in Part I of Schedule 1 will become a
          Committed Bank under the Credit Agreement with a Commitment
          as set out opposite its name in Schedule 2;
          
     (b)  the Existing Bank's Commitment shall be and be deemed to be
          reduced down to the level set out opposite its name in
          Schedule 2; and 

     (c)  each New Bank named in Part II of Schedule 1 will become a
          Bid Option Bank;
     
     (d)  (i)  each New Bank named in Part I of Schedule 1 will
               automatically obtain and assume, and undertakes to
               perform, all of the rights and obligations of a
               Committed Bank under and in respect of each of the
               Finance Documents in respect of the rights and
               obligations transferred to it under paragraphs (a) and
               (b) above; and
     
          (ii) each New Bank named in Part II of Schedule 1
               agrees to be bound by the terms of the Facility
               Agreement as a Bid Option Bank in accordance with the
               terms of Clause 27.4 (Changes in the Bid Option Banks
               and the Bid Option Agent) of the Facility Agreement.

3.2  Amounts due on or before the Effective Date
(a)  All amounts (if any) payable to the Existing Bank by the
     Obligors on or before the Effective Date (including, without
     limitation, all interest and fees payable on the Effective Date)
     in respect of any period ending prior to the Effective Date
     shall be for the account of the Existing Bank, and none of the
     New Banks shall have any interest in, or any rights in respect
     of, any such amount.

(b)  If any Committed Advance falls to be made on the Effective Date:

     (i)  the Facility Agent will promptly notify each of the New
          Banks named in Part I of Schedule 1 of that fact (and the
          amount of its participation in that Committed Advance in
          accordance with paragraph (ii) below); and
     
     (ii) the Existing Bank and each New Bank named in Part I of
          Schedule 1 shall participate in that Committed Advance
          (subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement) as if the
          novation of Commitments under Clauses 3.1(a) and (b)
          (Novation of Commitments and related rights and obligations
          and new Bid Option Banks) of this Agreement had taken
          effect prior to opening of business on the Business Day
          before the Effective Date,
     
     and each Borrower acknowledges that the Existing Bank will not
     be obliged to participate in any such Loan to any greater
     extent.

3.3  Administrative details 
     Each New Bank has delivered to the Facility Agent its initial
     details for the purposes of Clause 33 (Notices) of the Credit
     Agreement.

4.   NATURE OF THIS AGREEMENT

     For the avoidance of doubt, the parties to this Agreement agree
     that the transfer of rights and obligations contemplated by this
     Agreement shall take effect (in accordance with its terms) as
     a novation so that:
          
     (a)  Schedule 2 is substituted for Schedule 1 to the Credit
          Agreement on the Effective Date; and
     
     (b)  this Agreement being a Novation Certificate, Clause 27.3(c)
          (Procedure for novations) of the Credit Agreement shall
          apply to the rights and obligations transferred, assumed
          and released under Clauses 3.1 (Novation of Commitments and
          related rights and obligations and new Bid Option Banks) of
          this Agreement and to the associated rights and obligations
          under the Finance Documents.

5.   GOVERNING LAW

     This Agreement is governed by English law. 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the
beginning of this Agreement. 
                           SCHEDULE 1

                        VARIOUS PARTIES
                                
                             PART I
                                
                    The New Committed Banks
                                
[                          ]
                                
                                
                                
                                
                                
                                
                                
                            PART II
                                
                    The New Bid Option Banks

        [                                             ]
                                
                                




                          SCHEDULE 2 
                                
                     Banks and Commitments
                                
                                


Banks                                                  Commitments
                                                            $







                                
                                                        ____________

                                   Total Commitments    $300,000,000
                                                        ____________

                                











                          SIGNATORIES


Company
CARNIVAL CORPORATION

By:  




Arranger
NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

By:




Agent

NATIONSBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

By:




Existing Bank
NATIONSBANK, N.A.

By:




New Banks
[                                  ]
                           SCHEDULE 7

                  CALCULATION OF THE MLA COST


(a)  The MLA Cost for a Swingline Advance denominated in Sterling is
     calculated in accordance with the following formula:-

     BY + L(Y-X) + S(Y-Z) % per annum = MLA Cost
          100-(B + S)

     where on the day of application of the formula:-

     B    is the percentage of the Facility Agent's eligible
          liabilities which the Bank of England requires the Facility
          Agent to hold on a non-interest-bearing deposit account in
          accordance with its cash ratio requirements;

     Y    is the rate at which Sterling deposits are offered by the
          Facility Agent to leading banks in the London interbank
          market at or about 11.00 a.m. on that day for the relevant
          period;

     L    is the percentage of eligible liabilities which (as a
          result of the requirements of the Bank of England) the
          Agent maintains as secured money with members of the London
          Discount Market Association or in certain marketable or
          callable securities approved by the Bank of England, which
          percentage shall (in the absence of evidence that any other
          figure is  appropriate) be conclusively presumed to be 5
          per cent.;

     X    is the rate at which secured Sterling deposits may be
          placed by the Facility Agent with members of the London
          Discount Market Association at or about 11.00 a.m. on that
          day for the relevant period or, if greater, the rate at
          which Sterling bills of exchange (of a tenor equal to the
          duration of the relevant period) eligible for rediscounting
          at the Bank of England can be discounted in the London
          Discount Market at or about 11.00 a.m. on that day;

     S    is the percentage of the Facility Agent's eligible
          liabilities which the Bank of England requires the Agent to
          place as a special deposit; and

     Z    is the interest rate per annum allowed by the Bank of
          England on special deposits.

(b)  For the purposes of this Schedule 3:-

     (i)  "eligible liabilities" and "special deposits" have the
          meanings given to them at the time of application of the
          formula by the Bank of England; 
     
          (ii) "relevant period" in relation to a Swingline
               Advance, means 3 months.

(c)  In the application of the formula, B, Y, L, X, S and Z are
     included in the formula as figures and not as percentages, e.g.
     if B = 0.5% and Y = 15%, BY is calculated as 0.5 x 15.

(d)  (i)  The formula is applied on the first day of each relevant
          period comprised in the Term of the relevant Swingline
          Advance.

     (ii) Each rate calculated in accordance with the formula is,
          if necessary, rounded upward to four decimal places.

(e)  If the Facility Agent determines that a change in circumstances
     has rendered, or will render, the formula inappropriate, the
     Facility Agent shall notify the Company of the manner in which
     the MLA Cost will subsequently be calculated.  The manner of
     calculation so notified by the Facility Agent shall, in the
     absence of manifest error, be binding on all the Parties.

             SIGNATORIES TO THE FACILITY AGREEMENT


Company

CARNIVAL CORPORATION

By:/s/ Arnaldo Perez




Arranger

NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

By:/s/ Thomas W.  Bunn




Committed Bank, Bid Option Bank and Swingline Bank

NATIONSBANK, N.A.

By:/s/ Bennie H.  Duck




Facility Agent and Bid Option Agent

NATIONSBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

By:/s/ Bennie H.  Duck


                                                   March 27, 1996






CHC Casinos Canada Limited
c/o CHC International, Inc.
3250 Mary Street
Miami, Florida
U.S.A.  33133

Attention:     Sherwood M. Weiser
          Peter Temling

Dear Sirs:

          Carnival Corporation (the "Lender"), a Panama Corporation,
understands that CHC Casinos Canada Limited (the "Borrower"), a Nova
Scotia corporation created for the sole purpose of operating and
managing the Rama Casino (as defined below), has entered into an
operating agreement dated March 18, 1996 (the "Rama Operating
Agreement") with Casino Rama Inc. ("Rama"), an Ontario corporation,
certain affiliates of Rama and the Ontario Casino Corporation
("OCC"), whereunder the Borrower will provide casino management
services to OCC and Rama with respect to the operation of the Rama
Casino (as defined below) in consideration for base management fees
and incentive fees.  The Lender understands that, pursuant to the
provisions of the Rama Operating Agreement, the Borrower is obliged
to provide an unsecured, subordinated, limited recourse loan to Rama
in the principal amount of up to U.S.$25,000,000 (the "Rama Loan")
all in accordance with the Rama Operating Agreement.  The Lender
further understands that the availability of the Rama Senior Debt
(as defined below) is contingent on Rama obtaining the Rama Loan
from the Borrower.  

          Accordingly, the Lender is pleased to offer the Borrower a
term credit facility in the amount of U.S.$25,000,000 (the
"Amount"), subject to the terms and conditions set out below (the
"Credit Facility").  It is a condition to the provision of the
Credit Facility that the obligations of the Borrower under the
Credit Facility shall be guaranteed by CHC International, Inc. (the
"Guarantor"), a Florida corporation.

SECTION 1 - INTERPRETATION

1.1  Definitions.  In this Agreement, 

(a)  "Accrued Opening Date Interest Amount" has the meaning given to
it in Section 5(a).

(b)  "Agreement" means this letter agreement as the same may be
amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to
time.

(c)  "Amount" has the meaning given to it in the forepart of this
Agreement.

(d)  "Available Cash Flow" means in respect of any month, all amounts
payable to the Borrower during such month on account of (i)
management or other fees pursuant to the Rama Operating Agreement,
and (ii) payment or repayment of all or any part of the Rama Loan
including, without limitation, all payments or repayments on account
of principal, interest and fees in respect of the Rama Loan but
excluding, in either case, amounts which may be limited by the loan
documents to be executed in connection with the Rama Senior Debt;
provided that Available Cash Flow in respect of each of the six
months immediately following the Opening Date shall be the Available
Cash Flow calculated in respect of such month in accordance with the
foregoing sentence less Cdn.$166,670.  

(e)  "Borrowing" has the meaning given to it in Section 2.

(f)  "Business Day" means a day, excluding Saturday, Sunday, and any
other day which shall be in the City of Toronto or the City of Miami
a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are closed.

(g)  "Canadian Dollars" and the symbols "Cdn$" and "$" each means
lawful money of Canada.

(h)  "Credit Facility" has the meaning given to it in the forepart
of this Agreement. 

(i)  "Encumbrance" means any mortgage, charge, lien, hypothec, trust,
encumbrance, charge, pledge, assignment, security interest, title
retention or any other security arrangement of whatsoever nature or
kind.

(j)  "Equivalent Amount" means, with respect to any given amount of
any currency, the amount of any other currency required to purchase
that amount of the first currency in Toronto in accordance with the
Lender's usual procedures.

(k)  "Event of Default" has the meaning given to it in Section 10.

(l)  "GAAP" means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

(m)  "Guaranty Agreement" means the guaranty agreement of date even
herewith given by the Guarantor in favour of the Lender with respect
to the obligations of the Borrower hereunder.

(n)  "Initial Payment Date" has the meaning given to it in Section
5(b).

(o)  "OCC" has the meaning given to it in the forepart of this
Agreement.

(p)  "Opening Date" means the date on which the Rama Casino opens to
the public at large.

(q)  "Operating Year" means:

     (i)  the period commencing on the Opening Date and ending on the
          first Repayment Date, inclusive, 

     and thereafter,

     (ii) a period commencing on the day immediately following a
          Repayment Date and ending on the next following
          Repayment Date, inclusive.

(r)  "Post-Opening Interest" has the meaning given to it in Section
5(b).

(s)  "Promissory Note" has the meaning given to it in Section 2(c).

(t)  "Rama" has the meaning given to it in the forepart of this
Agreement.

(u)  "Rama Casino" means the casino operation of Rama located on the
reserve of the Chippewas of Rama First Nation, Ontario, Canada.

(v)  "Rama Commitment Letter" means the commitment letter dated
February 22, 1996 addressed to the Guarantor from The Bank of Nova
Scotia in respect of the Rama Senior Debt as supplemented by a
letter dated February 29, 1996 from Aird & Berlis, counsel to The
Bank of Nova Scotia.

(w)  "Rama Loan" has the meaning given to it in the forepart of this
Agreement.

(x)  "Rama Operating Agreement" has the meaning given to it in the
forepart of this Agreement.

(y)  "Rama Senior Debt" means the credit facilities to be provided
to Rama pursuant to the loan agreement to be entered into between
Rama as borrower, OCC, Borrower, certain affiliates of Rama and
Borrower, the lenders named therein and The Bank of Nova Scotia as
agent for the lenders, in accordance with the terms of the Rama
Commitment Letter.  

(z)  "Repayment Date" has the meaning given to it in Section 5(c).

(aa) "Termination Date" has the meaning given to it by Section
5(c).

(bb) "US Dollars" and "US$" each means lawful money of the
United States of America in same day immediately available funds or,
if such funds are not available, the form of money of the United
States of America that is customarily used in the settlement of
international banking transactions on the day payment is due
hereunder.

1.2  Headings.  The division of this Agreement into articles,
sections, subsections, paragraphs, subparagraphs, clauses and
schedules and the insertion of headings are for convenience of
reference only and do not affect the construction or interpretation
of this Agreement.

1.3  References.  Unless otherwise specified, references to Articles,
Sections and Schedules are to Articles and Sections of, and
Schedules to, this Agreement.

1.4  Number and Gender.  Unless otherwise specified, words importing
the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing
gender include all genders.

1.5  Time of Day.  Unless otherwise specified, references to time of
day or date mean local time or date in the City of Toronto, Province
of Ontario.

1.6  Governing Law.  This Agreement and each of the documents
contemplated by or delivered under or in connection with this
Agreement is governed by, and will be construed and interpreted in
accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws
of Canada applicable in the Province of Ontario without regard to
principles of conflicts of laws.

1.7  Attornment.  Each of the parties irrevocably attorns to the non-exclusive
   jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.

1.8  Conflict.  If there is a conflict between the provisions of this
Agreement and the provisions of any other document contemplated by,
or delivered under or in connection with, this Agreement, the
provisions of this Agreement prevail.

1.9  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes
illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the
illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will
not affect:

     (a)  the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining
          provisions of this Agreement; or 

     (b)  the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision
          in any other jurisdiction.

1.10 Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence for every
provision of this Agreement.

1.11 Statutory References.  Each reference to an enactment is
deemed to be a reference to that enactment, and to the regulations
made under that enactment, as amended or re-enacted from time to
time.

1.12 Schedules.  The following Schedules are attached to and
form part of this Agreement:

          Schedule            Description

          Schedule A               Form of Promissory Note

          Schedule B               Form of Certificate of the Borrower's
                                   Chief Financial Officer.

1.13 Entire Agreement.  This Agreement together with all
documents contemplated by or delivered under or in connection with
this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties
with respect to the subject matter and supersedes all prior
agreements, negotiations, discussions, undertakings,
representations, warranties and understandings, whether written or
verbal.

1.14 GAAP.  Unless otherwise specified, each accounting term not
otherwise defined in this Agreement has the meaning given to it, and
each calculation is to be made and each financial statement is to
be prepared, in accordance with GAAP.

1.15 Rules of Construction.  Each party acknowledges that it and
its legal counsel have reviewed and participated in settling the
terms of this Agreement and that any rule of construction or
interpretation to the effect that any ambiguity is to be resolved
against the drafting party will not be applicable in the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

1.16 No Waiver.  No failure, omission or delay on the part of
the Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder
shall impair such right, power or privilege or operate as a waiver
thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power
or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies
herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and
remedies provided by law.

SECTION 2 - CREDIT FACILITY  

          The Credit Facility is available as follows:

          (a)  The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time
prior to the Opening Date, draw down amounts which shall be not less
than US$5,000,000 and in an integral multiple of US$1,000,000 if in
excess thereof (each such amount being referred to herein as a
"Borrowing"), provided that the aggregate amount of all Borrowings
shall not exceed the Amount.  After the Opening Date, no new
Borrowings shall be available under the Credit Facility.  Upon the
occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Lender shall
be under no further obligation to advance any new Borrowing
hereunder.

          (b)  The Lender shall advance to the Borrower the amount of
each Borrowing drawn down by the Borrower in accordance with
paragraph (a) above within two (2) Business Days of receipt by the
Lender of written notice of such drawdown in the form attached
hereto as Schedule C.   Such advance shall be in immediately
available funds by wire transfer to such account as the Borrower may
direct in writing.  For greater certainty, no written notice of a
drawdown hereunder made within five (5) Business Days of the Opening
Date shall be binding on the Lender and no advance to the Borrower
shall be made by the Lender after the Opening Date.

          (c)  The obligation of the Borrower to repay the Credit
Facility shall be further evidenced by a promissory note the form
attached hereto as Schedule A (the "Promissory Note"), which shall
be dated as of the date hereof and shall be executed and delivered
to the Lender simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement.  The Promissory Note shall be deemed to reflect the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all indebtedness outstanding
under the Credit Facility, whether or not the face amount of such
note is in excess of the amount actually outstanding from time to
time.  The Promissory Note will be executed by the Borrower in
Toronto, Ontario and delivered to the Lender in Toronto, Ontario. 

          (d)  The Borrower may not reborrow any portion of the Credit
Facility repaid to the Lender.

SECTION 3 - PURPOSES

          The proceeds of the Credit Facility shall be used by the
Borrower only for the purpose of advancing such proceeds to Rama by
way of the Rama Loan as provided in the Rama Operating Agreement. 
The terms of the Rama Loan shall provide, inter alia, that the
proceeds of the Rama Loan shall be used only for the purpose of the
development and construction of the Rama Casino.

SECTION 4 - INTEREST

          (a)  The Borrower shall pay interest on the outstanding
amount of the Credit Facility from time to time at the rate of 30%
per annum, calculated monthly in arrears based on the actual number
of days elapsed during such month in a year of 365 days, payable as
prescribed by Section 5, with interest on overdue interest at the
same rate set out above, compounded monthly.

          (b)  Interest payable under this provision is payable both
before and after any or all of default, demand and judgement.

          (c)  The annual rate of interest to which the rate set out
in Section 4(a) is equivalent for the purposes of the Interest Act
(Canada) is the rate so determined multiplied by the number of days
in the applicable calendar year and divided by 365.

          (d)  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4 or any
other provision of this Agreement, in no event shall the aggregate
"interest" (as that term is defined in Section 347 of the Criminal
Code (Canada)) payments payable to the Lender hereunder exceed the
effective annual rate of interest on the "credit advanced" (as
defined therein) lawfully permitted under Section 347 of the
Criminal Code (Canada).  In the event that any such payments are
prohibited as provided in this paragraph, such payments shall be
made at the highest rate permitted.   

SECTION 5 - REPAYMENT AND REDUCTION OF CREDIT FACILITY

          The Borrower shall repay the Credit Facility as follows:

          (a)  Interest shall accrue on each Borrowing in accordance
with Section 4 from the date of drawdown of such Borrowing until
immediately prior to the Opening Date.  The aggregate amount of
interest accrued on all Borrowings immediately prior to the Opening
Date is herein referred to as the "Accrued Opening Date Interest
Amount".  The Accrued Opening Date Interest Amount together with
interest thereon, shall be repaid in twenty-four equal monthly
instalments, payable on the first day of each month, commencing on
the first day of the third month following the month in which the
Opening Date falls.  For greater certainty, interest shall continue
to accrue on the outstanding balance of the Accrued Opening Date
Interest Amount in accordance with Section 4 until such amount is
repaid in full.

          (b)  Interest shall accrue on the amount of each Borrowing
outstanding from time to time in accordance with Section 4 from and
including the Opening Date (interest so accruing is herein referred
to as "Post-Opening Interest").  Post-Opening Interest shall be
payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month commencing
on the first day of the month immediately following the month in
which the Opening Date falls (the "Initial Payment Date").  

          (c)  The principal amount of the Borrowings shall be repaid
in the amount of United States Dollars set forth next to the dates
of repayment (each a "Repayment Date") as follows:

Repayment Date                Amount

First Anniversary of the Initial        Five (5%) percent of the
aggregate principal Payment Date                  amount of all
                                                  Borrowings
                                                  outstanding on the
                                                  Opening Date

Second Anniversary of the Initial       Five (5%) percent of the
                                        aggregate principal
Payment Date                  amount of all Borrowings outstanding
                              on the Opening Date

Third Anniversary of the Initial        Five (5%) percent of the
                                        aggregate principal
Payment Date                  amount of all Borrowings outstanding
                              on the Opening Date
     
Fourth Anniversary of the Initial       Five (5%) percent of the
aggregate principal
Payment Date                  amount of all Borrowings outstanding
                              on the Opening Date

Fifth Anniversary of the Initial        Five (5%) percent of the
                                   aggregate principal
Payment Date                  amount of all Borrowings outstanding
                              on the Opening Date

Sixth Anniversary of the Initial        Aggregate amount of all
Payment Date                  outstanding Borrowings at the 
(the "Termination Date")           Termination Date.

          (d)  (i)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5(a),
                    (b) and (c), the Borrower shall, commencing on the
                    Initial Payment Date, make monthly payments to
                    Lender on the first day of each month equal to
                    seventy-five (75%) percent of Available Cash Flow
                    in respect of the immediately preceding month
                    which shall be applied to pay the amounts referred
                    to in Sections 5(a), (b) and (c) in respect of the
                    Operating Year in which the relevant month occurs,
                    subject, in each case, to the limitation that the
                    aggregate amount payable under this Section
                    5(d)(i) in any Operating Year shall not exceed the
                    aggregate of the amounts payable pursuant to
                    Sections 5(a), (b) and (c) in respect of such
                    Operating Year.

               (ii) Within sixty (60) days following each
                    Repayment Date, the Borrower shall pay to the
                    Lender the amount, if any, equal to the
                    difference between 

                    (A)  the aggregate amount paid by the Borrower to
                         the Lender pursuant to Section 5(d)(i) during
                         the Operating Year ending on such Repayment
                         Date, and 

                    (B)  the aggregate of all amounts that would, but
                         for the provisions of Section 5(d)(i), have
                         been payable by the Borrower to the Lender
                         pursuant to Sections 5(a), (b) and (c) in
                         respect of such Operating Year,

                    together with all accrued interest thereon.

               (iii)     All payments made pursuant to this Section
                         5(d) shall be applied as follows:

                    (A)  firstly, to Post-Opening Interest and accrued
                         interest thereon, 

                    (B)  secondly, to the Accrued Opening Date Interest
                         Amount and accrued interest thereon, and 

                    (C)  the balance thereof to principal, 

                    or, after the occurrence and continuance of an
                    Event of Default,  otherwise as the Lender, in its
                    sole discretion, may determine.

          (e)  For greater certainty, all amounts outstanding
hereunder including, without limitation, all principal, interest and
expenses of Lender under this Agreement shall be immediately due and
payable on the earlier of (i) the Termination Date, and (ii) the
date on which the Lender declares all amounts outstanding under the
Credit Facility to be immediately due and payable in accordance with
Section 10.

          (f)  All payments of principal and interest hereunder shall
be made to the Lender in lawful money of the United States of
America in immediately available funds.  Whenever payment shall be
due on a  day other than a Business Day payment shall be made on the
immediately preceding Business Day. 

SECTION 6 - INCREASED COSTS

          (a)  The Borrower will reimburse or compensate the Lender
for any increase in cost to the Lender or any reduction in income
or effective return to the Lender in respect of the Credit Facility
resulting from an imposition of or change in any condition or
requirement (whether or not having the force of law) of any
government, governmental agency or body, tribunal or regulatory
authority including, without limitation, an imposition of or change
in any tax payable by the Lender (other than a tax on the net income
of the Lender derived from sources other than the transactions
contemplated hereby) or any other requirement applicable to the
Lender.  If and whenever at any time or from time to time the Lender
determines that it is entitled to be reimbursed or compensated
hereunder, it will so notify the Borrower and will provide to the
Borrower a statement in writing setting forth the amount of such
compensation or reimbursement and the calculation thereof (which may
include the use of reasonable averages and allocations) which shall
be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the
amount of such reimbursement or compensation required to be paid
hereunder.

          (b)  Without limiting the generality of Section 6(a), the
Borrower shall make all payments to the Lender in respect of the
Credit Facility without setoff, counterclaim, restrictions or
conditions of any kind and free and clear of, and without deduction
or withholdings for or on account of, any present or future duties,
taxes, levies, imposts, fees, deductions, assessments, withholdings
or other charges of any nature whatsoever or interest, penalties or
other amounts in respect thereof (collectively, "Taxes") unless such
deduction or withholding is required by law or the administrative
practice of any taxation authority.  If any such deduction or
withholding is so required, the Borrower shall (i) pay such
additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the Lender
receives a net amount after such deduction or withholding (including
any deduction or withholding in respect of such additional amounts)
equal to the full amount that the Lender would have received had no
such deduction or withholding been required, and (ii) pay the full
amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation authority in
accordance with applicable law and forthwith after payment furnish
the Lender with a receipt evidencing such payment.  If the Borrower
fails to pay to the relevant taxation authority when due any Taxes
that it was required to deduct or withhold under this paragraph 6(b)
in respect of any payment to Lender hereunder or fails to furnish
Lender with the receipt referred to above, the Borrower shall
indemnify the Lender on an after-tax basis for any Taxes that may
become payable as a result of such failure.  The Borrower's
obligations under this Section 6(b) shall survive the termination
or revocation of this Agreement and the payment of all amounts
payable under this Agreement and the Credit Facility.

          (c)  (i)  The Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing of
                    any assessment or reassessment (a "Claim")
                    pertaining to a matter in respect of which the
                    Borrower may be liable to make payments under
                    Section 6(a) or 6(b) within 30 days of the date on
                    which the Lender receives such a Claim provided
                    that in the event of failure to give such notice,
                    such failure shall not reduce the obligations of
                    the Borrower hereunder (except to the extent that
                    such failure materially prejudices the contest of
                    such Claim).   

               (ii) The Borrower shall have the right, by notice
                    to the Lender given not later than 10 days
                    after receipt by the Borrower of notice of a
                    Claim to assume control of the defence,
                    compromise or settlement of the Claim at its
                    own expense but only so long as the Borrower
                    is not in default under any provision of this
                    Agreement.

               (iii)     Upon the assumption of control of any Claim by
                         the Borrower, the Borrower shall diligently
                         proceed with the defence, compromise or
                         settlement of the Claim at its sole expense
                         and, in connection therewith, the Lender shall
                         cooperate fully, but at the expense of the
                         Borrower to take such steps as in the
                         reasonable opinion of the Borrower, are
                         necessary to enable the Borrower to negotiate,
                         defend, settle or compromise such Claim.  The
                         Borrower shall consult with the Lender and its
                         counsel in good faith with respect to the
                         Lender's interest with respect to any Claim
                         and shall diligently keep the Lender informed
                         of the progress of any Claim.  No settlement,
                         compromise or disposition of any Claim may be
                         made by the Borrower without the written
                         consent of the Lender.

               (iv) Nothing herein shall oblige the Lender to
                    defend, compromise or settle any Claim or
                    request any refund of taxes referred to in
                    Section 6(b).

          (d)  If the Lender receives any refund of taxes (i) in
respect of which the Lender received reimbursement or compensation
from the Borrower under Section 6(a), or (ii) which were paid by the
Borrower to a relevant taxation authority under Section 6(b), the
Lender shall, within 15 days of the date on which any right of any
taxing authority to dispute the Lender's entitlement to such refund
expires, pay to the Borrower the net amount of such refund (after
deducting any taxes payable by the Lender with respect to such
refund); provided that the Lender shall not be required to make a
payment under this Section 6(c) if an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing.  

SECTION 7 - PREPAYMENT

          The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, upon
three (3) Business Days written notice to the Lender, prepay any
portion of the Borrowings outstanding in minimum amounts of
U.S.$100,000.00.  Concurrently with any prepayment, the Borrower
shall pay a prepayment premium of ten (10%) percent of the amount
of Borrowings being prepaid in compensation for lost income to the
Lender. 

SECTION 8 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender:

     (a)  it is a corporation validly incorporated and subsisting
          under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia, and that it
          is duly registered or qualified to carry on business in all
          jurisdictions where the nature of its properties, assets or
          its business makes such registration or qualification
          necessary;

     (b)  the execution and delivery of this Agreement and of all
          Promissory Notes contemplated hereby have been duly
          authorized by all necessary actions and do not (i) violate
          any law, regulation or rule by which it is bound, (ii) 
          violate any provision of its memorandum or articles of
          incorporation or other incorporation or organization
          documents, by-laws or any unanimous shareholders' agreement
          to which it is subject, or (iii) result in a breach of, a
          default under, or the creation of any Encumbrance on its
          properties and assets under any agreement or instrument to
          which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties
          and assets may be bound or affected;

     (c)  no event has occurred which constitutes, or which with
          giving of notice, lapse of time or other condition would
          constitute, a default having a material adverse effect on
          its financial condition under or in respect of any
          agreement, undertaking or instrument to which it or any of
          its properties or assets may be subject;

     (d)  the principal place of business of the Borrower is at the
          Rama Casino in Ontario, Canada; and

     (e)  the issued and outstanding shares in the capital of the
          Borrower consists of one hundred (100) common shares of no
          par value, all of which are held legally and beneficially
          by CHC Casinos Corp., a Florida corporation.  All of the
          issued and outstanding shares in the capital of CHC Casinos
          Corp. are held legally and beneficially by the Guarantor. 

SECTION 9 - COVENANTS

          The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender, while
this Agreement is in effect or any Borrowings are outstanding:

     (a)  to pay all sums of money when due under this Agreement;

     (b)  to maintain its corporate existence as a validly subsisting
          corporate entity;

     (c)  to provide the Lender with the following: 

          (i)  monthly, consolidated Borrower-prepared financial
               statements, including an income statement, balance
               sheet and cash flow statement (in appropriate form and
               sufficient detail to support all calculations required
               in connection with the Borrower's obligations under
               this Agreement including, without limitation, Section
               5(d) hereof) all in form satisfactory to Lender within
               30 days of each month-end, together with a certificate
               of the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower as to
               the accuracy and completeness of such statements and as
               to other matters in the form attached as Schedule "B",

          (ii) annual, consolidated audited financial statements
               within 120 days of each fiscal year end
               accompanied by an auditor's report,

          (iii)     annual business plans, budgets and all other
                    information provided to Rama or the OCC pursuant
                    to the Rama Operating Agreement (as the same may
                    be amended, restated, supplemented or replaced
                    from time to time), simultaneously with the
                    delivery of such materials to such parties, unless
                    such information is required to be kept
                    confidential by the provisions of the Rama
                    Operating Agreement (as the same may be amended,
                    restated, supplemented or replaced from time to
                    time),  

          (iv) monthly financial statements of Rama, including an
               income statement, balance sheet and cash flow
               statement within 30 days of each month-end and any
               other financial statements or similar statements
               of Rama received by the Borrower whether pursuant
               to the Rama Loan or the Rama Operating Agreement,
               and

          (v)  such other financial and operating statements and
               reports as the Lender may reasonably request;

     (d)  to notify the Lender promptly of any change in the
          information provided under the representations and
          warranties contained in Sections 8(c), (d) or (e);

     (e)  to give the Lender prompt notice of any Event of Default or
          any event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both,
          would constitute an Event of Default;

     (f)  to enter into the documents and agreements contemplated by
          the Rama Commitment Letter to be entered into by the
          Borrower no later than April 30, 1996 on terms and
          conditions substantially as set out in the Rama Commitment
          Letter, with such changes as the Lender may approve, acting
          reasonably, and deliver to the Lender a copy of all such
          documents and agreements forthwith after the execution and
          delivery thereof, and not to agree to or suffer to exist,
          without the express written consent of the Lender, any
          surrender or termination of such documents and agreements
          or any amendment or waiver of any provision in respect of
          payments or repayments under or the term of such documents
          and agreements;  

     (g)  to file all income tax returns which are or will be
          required to be filed by it, to pay or make provision for
          payment of all taxes (including interest and penalties)
          which are or will become due and payable by it and to
          provide adequate reserves for the payment of any tax the
          payment of which is being contested;

     (h)  except as contemplated by the Rama Commitment Letter or the
          documents and agreements entered into in connection
          therewith, not to grant, create, assume or suffer to exist
          any Encumbrance affecting any of its properties, assets or
          other rights, without the prior written consent of the
          Lender; 

     (i)  not to incur any indebtedness of any nature or kind without
          the prior written consent of the Lender except:  

          (i)  indebtedness owing to trade creditors of the Borrower
               incurred in the ordinary course of the Borrower's
               business,  

          (ii) indebtedness related to guarantees given by the
               Borrower in favour of Rama and the OCC in respect
               of cost overruns and operating deficits incurred
               in connection with the operation of the Rama
               Casino pursuant to the Rama Operating Agreement,
               and

          (iii)     indebtedness related to guarantees given by the
                    Borrower in favour of The Bank of Nova Scotia (as
                    agent under the Rama Senior Debt) as contemplated
                    by the Rama Commitment Letter; 

     (j)  except as contemplated by the Rama Operating Agreement or
          the Rama Commitment Letter, not to invest in any other
          person by way of equity investment or otherwise or provide
          any financial assistance (by way of loan, guarantee or
          otherwise) to any other person, without the prior written
          consent of the Lender;

     (k)  not to sell, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose
          of any material part of its property or assets; 

     (l)  not to engage in or carry on any business other than the
          operation of the Rama Casino in accordance with the
          provisions of the Rama Operating Agreement and the making
          of the Rama Loan;

     (m)  not to issue any additional shares from treasury or to
          cause any of its subsidiaries to issue any shares from
          their respective treasuries; and 

     (n)  not to change its name or merge, amalgamate or consolidate
          with any other corporation or take part in any capital or
          corporate reorganization or similar proceeding or
          arrangement.

SECTION 10 - EVENTS OF DEFAULT

          The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
or circumstances constitutes an "Event of Default" under this
Agreement:  

     (a)  the Borrower fails to pay any principal, interest, fees or
          other amounts under this Agreement when due, whether by
          acceleration or otherwise and such failure continues
          unremedied for a period of three (3) days following the
          date on which written notice thereof is given by the Lender
          to the Borrower; 

     (b)  the Borrower fails to comply with any covenant or other
          provision of this agreement or any other agreement with the
          Lender and such failure continues unremedied for a period
          of ten (10) days following the date on which written notice
          thereof is given by the Lender to the Borrower or, if such
          failure is not capable of being remedied within such ten
          (10) day period, if the Borrower does not commence in good
          faith the remedying thereof within such period or does not
          thereafter prosecute to completion with diligence and
          continuity the remedying thereof;  

     (c)  any representation or warranty made herein or in any
          document, agreement or certificate delivered pursuant
          hereto shall be false or inaccurate in any material
          respect;

     (d)  the Rama Casino is not open to the public by August 15,
1996;

     (e)  any voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding (including
          the filing of any notice) is commenced under any
          bankruptcy, insolvency, incorporation or other applicable
          law in any jurisdiction in respect of the:

          (i)  bankruptcy, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution or
               suspension of general operations,

          (ii) composition, rescheduling, reorganization,
               arrangement or readjustment of, or other relief
               from, or stay or proceedings to enforce, some or
               all of the debts or obligations,

          (iii)     appointment of a trustee, receiver, receiver and
                    manager, liquidator, administrator, custodian or
                    other official for, or for all or a substantial
                    part of the assets, or

          (iv) possession, foreclosure, seizure or retention, or
               sale or other disposition of, or other proceedings
               to enforce security over, all or a substantial
               part of the assets, 

          of the Borrower and, in the case of an involuntary case or
          proceeding, the Borrower acquiesces to such case or
          proceeding or the Borrower does not actively and diligently
          contest such case or proceeding in good faith and such case
          or proceeding is not dismissed, vacated or stayed within
          sixty (60) days of institution;

     (f)  the Borrower is unable to meet its liabilities generally as
          they become due, or is, or is adjudged or declared to be,
          or admits to being, bankrupt or insolvent;

     (g)  the Borrower:

          (i)  fails at any time to pay any indebtedness in the
               aggregate amount of U.S.$75,000 (or the Equivalent
               Amount thereof in any currency) or more when due and
               such failure continues unremedied for a period of ten
               (10) days, or

          (ii) fails to perform or observe any material covenant
               or agreement contained in any agreement or in any
               instrument evidencing, securing or relating to any
               indebtedness in the aggregate amount of
               U.S.$75,000 (or the Equivalent Amount thereof in
               any currency) or more and, as a result of that
               failure, any other party to that agreement or
               instrument exercises a right to accelerate the
               maturity of any amount owing under that agreement
               or instrument;


     (h)  any writ, execution, attachment or similar process is
          threatened, issued or levied against all or any part of the
          assets of the Borrower in connection with any judgment
          against the Borrower unless it is being actively and
          diligently contested in good faith by appropriate and
          timely proceedings or where the assets affected or the
          amount involved do not, in the opinion of the Lender,
          materially affect the assets or business of the Borrower;

     (i)  any secured creditor, encumbrancer or lienor, or any
          trustee, receiver, receiver and manager, agent, bailiff or
          other similar official appointed by or acting for any
          secured creditor, encumbrancer or lienor, takes possession
          of, or forecloses, seizes or retains, or sells or otherwise
          disposes of, or otherwise proceeds to enforce security
          over, all or a substantial part of the assets of the
          Borrower or gives notice of its intention to do any of the
          foregoing;

     (j)  the Borrower suspends or threatens to suspend or cease to
          carry on business;

     (k)  the Guarantor fails to perform or observe any material
          covenant or agreement contained in, or is in default under,
          the Guaranty Agreement; and

     (l)  the Borrower ceases to be the operator of the Rama Casino
          or receives proper notice of termination as operator of the
          Rama Casino in accordance with the provisions of the Rama
          Operating Agreement or the documents evidencing or securing
          the Rama Senior Debt.

Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the
Lender may, by written notice to the Borrower, declare all amounts
outstanding under the Credit Facility to be immediately due and
payable. The Borrower shall immediately pay to the Lender all such
outstanding amounts, including, without limitation all principal,
interest and expenses of Lender under or in connection with this
Agreement.

SECTION 11 - CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

          The effectiveness of this agreement is subject to and
conditional upon the receipt, in form and substance satisfactory to
the Lender of:

          (a)  a duly executed copy of this Agreement;

          (b)  a duly executed copy of the Guaranty Agreement;

          (c)  certified copy of the Rama Operating Agreement duly
               executed by all parties thereto; 

          (d)  certified copy of the Rama Commitment Letter duly
               executed by all parties thereto; 

          (e)  a certificate of the chief financial officer of the
               Borrower attaching monthly projections of Available
               Cash Flow in respect of the fifteen month period
               commencing with the month in which the Opening Date
               falls;

          (f)  an officer's certificate of each of the Borrower and
               the Guarantor with respect to:

               (i)  its articles, by-laws and shareholder agreements
                    (if any),

               (ii) resolutions of its board of directors
                    authorizing it to execute, deliver and perform
                    its obligations under this Agreement and any
                    documents delivered pursuant hereto or in
                    connection herewith, and 

               (iii)     the names, offices and specimen signatures of
                         the persons authorized to sign this Agreement
                         and the agreements and documents contemplated
                         hereby;

          (g)  an officer's certificate of the Borrower with respect
               to the accuracy of the representations and warranties
               contained herein and the absence of any defaults;

          (h)  certificate of status in respect of the Borrower;

          (i)  certificate of good standing status in respect of the
               Guarantor;

          (j)  an opinion of legal counsel to the Borrower; 

          (k)  an opinion of legal counsel to the Guarantor;

          (l)  such other documents as the Lender may reasonably
               request; and

          (m)  payment of Lender's legal and other fees and expenses
               incurred in connection with this Agreement and the
               transactions contemplated hereby.

The obligation of the Lender to make available the Borrowings is
further subject to and conditional upon the Lender being of the
opinion that a material adverse change in the financial condition,
ownership, or operation of the Borrower or any subsidiary has not
occurred.

SECTION 12 - INDEMNITY

          The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender from and against
all losses, damages, expenses and liabilities which the Lender
sustains or incurs as a consequence of any default by the Borrower
under any of the provisions of this agreement or any
misrepresentation by the Borrower contained in or delivered in
writing in connection with this agreement.

SECTION 13 - EXPENSES

          The Borrower shall pay the reasonable fees (including, but
not limited to, all fees of the Lender's counsel on a solicitor and
client basis) and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with
the preparation, negotiation, documentation and operation of the
Credit Facility including the enforcement of the Lender's rights
under the Credit Facility whether or not any amounts are advanced
under the Credit Facility.

SECTION 14 - CURRENCY CONVERSION

          If, for the purpose of obtaining judgement in any court,
determining the amount outstanding under this agreement or for any
other purpose, it is necessary to convert an amount in one currency
(the "Original Currency") into another currency (the "Second
Currency"), the Equivalent Amount of the Second Currency shall be
used.  If the conversion relates to a judgement, the conversion
shall be performed as of the date 2 Business Days preceding that on
which judgement is given.  For all other purposes, the conversion
shall be performed as of the date and time of determination.

          The Borrower agrees that any obligations in respect of any
Original Currency due from it to the Lender shall, notwithstanding
any judgement or payment in any Second Currency, be discharged only
to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt of any sum
so paid or adjudged to be due in the Second Currency, the Lender
may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase, in the
Toronto foreign exchange market, the Original Currency with the
amount of the Second Currency so paid or so adjudged to be due; and
if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased is less than the
amount of the Original Currency due to the Lender, the Borrower
agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such
payment or judgement, to pay the Lender the amount of the Second
Currency required to purchase the amount of the Original Currency
necessary to make up such difference on such date together with
interest (at the rate per annum set forth in the Interest provision
hereof) and expenses (including legal fees on a solicitor and client
basis) from such date to the date of payment.

SECTION 15 - ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION

          This agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the
benefit of the Lender and the Borrower and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  The Lender may assign or transfer
its rights, benefits and obligations to any other Person
("Assignee").  After any such assignment or transfer, the term
"Lender" as used in this agreement shall be deemed to be the
Assignee to the extent of its interest.

          In assigning or transferring all or any part of its rights
or obligations as aforesaid, the Lender may reveal to potential
Assignees or participants all or any information regarding the
Borrower as the Lender deems necessary or desirable.

          This Agreement may not be assigned by the Borrower without
the prior written consent of the Lender, which consent may be
arbitrarily withheld.

SECTION 16 - NOTICE

          Unless otherwise specified, any notice to a party must be
given in writing and delivered personally or by courier, sent by
prepaid registered or certified mail to the party as follows: 


          If to the Lender: 

          Carnvial Corporation
          3655 N.W. 87th Avenue
          Miami, Florida 
          U.S.A.  33178-2428
          Attention:     Vice President of Finance 

          If to the Guarantor: 

          CHC International, Inc. 
          3250 Mary Street
          Miami, Florida
          U.S.A.  33133
          Attention:     Robert Sturges and Peter Temling

          If to the Borrower:

          CHC Casinos Canada Limited
          c/o CHC International, Inc.
          3250 Mary Street
          Miami, Florida
          U.S.A.  33133

          Attention:     Robert Sturges and Peter Temling

or to any other address or Person that the party designates.  Any
such notice will be deemed to have been given when actually
received.  


SECTION 17 - EXPIRY DATE

          This offer is open for acceptance until March 27, 1996
unless extended in writing by the Lender.

          Please acknowledge your acceptance of the above terms and
conditions by signing the attached copy of this letter under your
corporate seal in the space provided below and returning it to the
undersigned.

                                   Yours truly,

                                        Howard S.  Frank
                                        Vice Chairman




We acknowledge and accept the terms
and conditions of this agreement as
of the date first above written.


CHC CASINOS CANADA LIMITED

By:/s/ W.  Peter Temling

Title:Sr. Vice President


CHC INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:/s/ W. Peter Temling

Title:Sr. Vice President




Schedule "A" to the agreement dated as of the 27th day of March,
1996 between CHC Casinos Canada Limited as Borrower, CHC
International, Inc. as Guarantor and Carnival Corporation as Lender.

                         PROMISSORY NOTE

U.S.$25,000,000 Principal Sum                     March 27, 1996     
                                    

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the "Borrower") promises to pay
to or to the order of Carnival Corporation (the "Lender") at its
office at 3655 N.W. 87th Avenue, Miami, Florida, U.S.A.  33178-2428,
the lesser of:

     (i)  the sum of TWENTY-FIVE MILLION United States Dollars
          (U.S.$25,000,000) (the "Amount"), and 

     (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all advances
          made to the Borrower by the Lender, as determined on
          the grids appearing on any attachment hereto,

together with interest thereon at the rate of 30% per annum,
calculated and compounded monthly in arrears, with interest on
overdue interest at the same rate set out above, at the times and
otherwise in accordance with the terms of the letter agreement dated
March 27, 1996 between the Borrower, CHC International, Inc. and the
Lender (the "Agreement").

This promissory note is the promissory note referred to in and is
subject to, and the Borrower and the holder of this promissory note
are entitled to the benefits of, the Agreement.  The Agreement
contains, inter alia provisions regarding (i) the payment of
principal and interest provided for herein, and (ii) the
acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the occurrence of certain
stated events.  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the same meanings as are prescribed in the
Agreement.

Interest payable under this promissory note is payable both before
and after any or all of default, demand and judgement.

All payments of principal and interest hereunder shall be made to
the Lender in lawful money of the United States of America in
immediately available funds.  Whenever payment shall be due on a 
day other than a Business Day payment shall be made on the
immediately preceding Business Day. 

The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, notice
of dishonour, protest and all other notices of any kind relating to
this promissory note of the enforcement hereof.

The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender to record on
any attachments hereto, all advances and repayments and the unpaid
principal balance of advances from time to time.  The Borrower
agrees that, in the absence of manifest error in such recordations,
they shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of the unpaid
principal balance, except for the failure of the Lender to correctly
record the amount of any advance or any claim for the repayment of
such advance and the interest thereon.

This promissory note and each of the documents contemplated by or
delivered under or in connection with this promissory note is
governed by, and will be construed and interpreted in accordance
with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada
applicable in the Province of Ontario.

The Borrower and the holder of this promissory note irrevocably
attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the
Province of Ontario.

If any provision of this promissory note is or becomes illegal,
invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality,
invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect:

     (a)  the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining
          provisions of this promissory note; or 

     (b)  the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision
          in any other jurisdiction.

Time is of the essence for every provision of this promissory note.

In witness whereof the undersigned has executed this promissory note
as of the date first written above.


                                   CHC CASINOS CANADA LIMITED

                                   By:__________________________

                                   Title:_______________________
                                                            (Seal)
Executed before me at City of Toronto,                            
in the Province of Ontario,
this 27th day of March, 
1996



                                     
A Notary Public in and for
the Province of Ontario.  

         Schedule of Advances and Reductions of Principal



Date
Amount of
Principal
Advanced
Amount of
Principal
Paid
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Notation
Made By


































































































          



Schedule "B" to the agreement dated as of the 27th day of March,
1996 between CHC Casinos Canada Limited as Borrower, CHC
International, Inc. as Guarantor and Carnival Corporation as Lender.

  MONTHLY CERTIFICATE OF THE BORROWER'S CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

To:  CARNIVAL CORPORATION
     3655 N.W. 87th Avenue
     Miami, Florida
     33178-2428
     U.S.A.

     Attention:  Gerald R. Cahill

Dear Sirs/Mesdames:

          I, ________________________, the undersigned, in my
capacity as Chief Financial Officer of CHC Casinos Canada Limited
(the "Borrower"), after due inquiry, hereby certify that:

1.        This Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 9(c)(i)
of the letter agreement dated March 27, 1996 between Carnival
Corporation as Lender, CHC International, Inc. as guarantor and the
Borrower as borrower (the "Loan Agreement").  All capitalized terms
appearing in this certificate shall have the meaning assigned to
such terms pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

2.        I am familiar with and have examined the provisions of the
Loan Agreement and have made such reasonable investigations of
corporate records and inquiries of other officers and senior
personnel of the Borrower and others which in my opinion are
sufficient to enable me to make an informed statement herein.

3.        Based on the foregoing, the Borrower is not in default in
the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants,
agreements or conditions of the Loan Agreement, nor has any event
or circumstance occurred which, with notice or lapse of time, or
both, would constitute an Event of Default [except for those set
forth in Exhibit A hereto].

4.        Attached hereto as Exhibit [A or B as applicable] are the
monthly, consolidated financial statements, of the Borrower which
I verily believe to be complete and accurate in all material
respects as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered
thereby.

5.        Attached as Exhibit [B or C as applicable] is the
calculation of the amount payable pursuant to Section 5(d) of the
Loan Agreement in respect of the month ended on the date of the
financial statements attached hereto as Exhibit [A or B applicable].

     Dated at _____________, this ___________ day of
___________________, _____.

     
                                   CHC CASINOS CANADA LIMITED


                                   By:            
                                   Name:     
                                   Title:    Chief Financial Officer





Schedule "C" to the agreement dated as of the 27th day of March,
1996 between CHC Casinos Canada Limited as Borrower, CHC
International, Inc. as Guarantor and Carnival Corporation as Lender.

                         DRAWDOWN NOTICE

To:  CARNIVAL CORPORATION
     3655 N.W. 87th Avenue
     Miami, Florida
     33178-2428
     U.S.A.

     Attention:  Gerald R. Cahill

Dear Sirs/Mesdames:
          
          This Drawdown Notice is delivered pursuant to Section 2 of
the letter agreement dated March 27, 1996 between Carnival
Corporation as Lender, CHC International, Inc. as guarantor and the
undersigned as borrower (the "Loan Agreement").  All capitalized
terms appearing in this certificate shall have the meaning assigned
to such terms pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

          We hereby request a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2 of the
Loan Agreement as follows:

     1.   Drawdown Date:                    /                /      
      
                         day       month          year

     2.   Payment Instructions:                                     
                        
                                                                    
                     

     3.   Amount of Borrowing:  [minimum U.S.$5,000,000 and integral
          multiples of U.S.$1,000,000 in excess thereof]

     Dated at _____________, this ___________ day of
___________________, _____.

     
                                   CHC CASINOS CANADA LIMITED


                                   By:            
                                   Name:     
                                   Title:    Chief Financial Officer


TO:  Carnival Corporation ("Offeror")                            
     3655 NW 87 Avenue
     Miami, Florida
     United States of America 

     and                                        21 February, 1996

     CS First Boston Limited
     One Cabot Square
     London E14 4QJ
     United Kingdom


Dear Sirs,

Proposed partial offers for shares in Airtours plc

6.   This letter sets out the terms on which I undertake to accept
     the offer to be made by (or on behalf of) Offeror (the "Ordinary
     Offer") to acquire up to 20,000,000 ordinary shares representing
     17.34 per cent of the current issued ordinary share capital of
     Airtours plc ("Offeree"). 

7.   The Ordinary Offer and the offer by (or on behalf of) Offeror
     (the "Preference Offer") to acquire up to 8,758,612 convertible
     cumulative preference shares representing 17.34 per cent of the
     issued convertible cumulative preference share capital of
     Offeree (together with the Ordinary Offer, "the Offers") shall
     be made substantially on the terms of the attached draft press
     announcement (the "Press Announcement"), any additional terms
     and conditions as may be required to comply with the
     requirements of The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the
     "Code"), the London Stock Exchange and the Securities and
     Exchange Commission and any additional terms and conditions
     agreed between Offeror and Offeree. 

8.   I warrant and undertake to you that:

8.1  I am the registered holder and beneficial owner of 30,000,000
     (the "Offeree Ordinary Shares") ordinary shares of 10p each in
     the capital of Offeree ("Ordinary Shares");

8.2  I hold the Offeree Ordinary Shares free from any lien, charge
     or other encumbrance, equity or third party right of any nature;
     and

8.3  I have full power and authority to accept the Ordinary Offer in
     respect of such number of Offeree Ordinary Shares as is referred
     to in paragraph 4.

4.1  I shall (save as provided herein) irrevocably accept the
     Ordinary Offer in respect of 5,201,224 of the Offeree Ordinary
     Shares ("the Shares"). 

4.2  My acceptance in respect of the Shares shall be made by 09.00
     am (London time) on the first closing date of the Offers in
     accordance with the procedure for acceptance set out in the
     formal document containing the Offers (the "Offer Document") to
     be despatched to Shareholders. 

4.3  I undertake that Offeror will acquire the Shares pursuant to the
     Ordinary Offer free from any lien, charge, or other encumbrance,
     equity or other third party right of any nature and together
     with all rights of any nature attaching or accruing to them
     including the right to all dividends declared, made or paid
     after the date of this letter.

4.4  I shall elect to receive only Class A Common Stock of Offeror
     as consideration under the Ordinary Offer.

4.5  My obligations under paragraphs 4.1 to 4.4 (inclusive) shall not
     apply to prevent me accepting in respect of all my Offeree
     Ordinary Shares (but not some only) and shall terminate in the
     event that there is made a general offer made by a third party
     to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of
     Offeree (other than ordinary shares already held by such third
     party or persons acting in concert therewith), which is
     unanimously recommended by the directors of Offeree, on terms
     which represent (in the opinion of the Directors of Offeree) an
     improvement on the value of the consideration offered under the
     Ordinary Offer as at the date on which a firm intention to make
     such general offer is announced (a "Competing Offer").  In the
     event that I accept a Competing Offer and if the Competing Offer
     is declared wholly unconditional, I shall pay you a cash sum
     and/or transfer securities to you (as provided below) having an
     aggregate value in an amount equal to 20% of the product of (i)
     30,000,000 and (ii) the difference between the amount per
     Ordinary Share of (a) the cash and the fair market value of any
     other consideration given to the holders of the Ordinary Shares
     pursuant to the Competing Offer, as determined by the directors
     of Offeree in good faith, and (b) L4.50.  I shall pay 
     cash/transfer securities (as provided below) to you of an
     aggregate value equal to such amount the business day after I
     receive the consideration under the Competing Offer.  In respect
     thereof, you hereby agree if requested by me to accept payment
     by way of the transfer of non-cash consideration including loan
     notes (other than loan notes received by me in respect of a
     Competing Offer which becomes or is declared unconditional in
     all respects on or after April 7, 1996) of the same type to the
     extent and in the same percentage (or such lower percentage as
     I may specify) as I receive it as consideration under the
     Competing Offer provided however that I will be responsible for
     paying all costs and expenses incurred in transferring any
     securities or other non-cash consideration (including, for the
     avoidance of doubt all transfer or other taxes) to the Offeror.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, with respect to any
     non-cash consideration that I receive in respect of a Competing
     Offer which becomes or is declared unconditional in all respects
     prior to April 7, 1996, you hereby agree that I shall have no
     obligation hereunder to make any payment or transfer of non-cash
     consideration in your favour (or to determine in what manner any
     liability which I may on April 7, 1996, have to you hereunder
     is to be discharged) until April 7, 1996.  Notwithstanding my
     absolute obligation to pay cash/transfer securities (as
     aforesaid) to you of an aggregate value equal to such amount as
     aforesaid, you agree that you shall discuss with me and consider
     in good faith potential alternative structures which I may
     propose in connection with any liability which I may have to you
     in such circumstances in order to help me minimise any tax
     liability which may arise by virtue of my accepting the
     Competing Offer or otherwise by reason of the provisions of this
     paragraph 4.5. 

4.6  An offer shall not be prevented from being a Competing Offer
     within the meaning of paragraph 4.5 solely by reason of the fact
     that, when such offer is announced, the making of it is stated
     to be the subject of a precondition to the effect that the
     resolution referred to in paragraph 7.1 below is not passed.

5.   In order to secure the performance of my obligations under
     paragraph 4, I irrevocably appoint any director for the time
     being of Offeror to be my attorney in my name and on my behalf
     to execute a Form or Forms of Acceptance and/or such other
     documents and to do such other acts and things as may be
     necessary to accept (or procure the acceptance of) the Ordinary
     Offer in respect of the Shares. However:

5.1  the appointment shall not take effect until 09.00 am (London
     time) on the first closing date of the Offers and only then if
     I have failed to comply with my obligations in paragraph 4.2;
     and

5.2  such attorney shall act in accordance with paragraph 4.4 (where
     applicable).

6.   Although the terms of the Ordinary Offer will give accepting
     shareholders the right to withdraw acceptances at any time after
     the first closing date of the Offers and before the Offers
     become or are declared unconditional in all respects I shall not
     withdraw my acceptance of the Ordinary Offer in respect of the
     Shares unless a Competing Offer is announced.  

7.   Until the Ordinary Offer becomes or is declared unconditional
     in all respects, lapses or is withdrawn (or a firm intention to
     make a Competing Offer, as defined in paragraph 4.5, is
     announced):
     
7.1  I shall exercise the voting rights attached to the Offeree
     Ordinary Shares in favour of the resolution (the "Special
     Resolution") to be proposed at a general meeting of Offeree for
     the purpose of increasing the authorised share capital of
     Offeree and disapplying the provisions of section 89 of the
     Companies Act 1985 in respect of the proposed allotment to you
     by Offeree, as referred to in the Press Announcement, of
     20,000,000 new Ordinary Shares;

7.2  Subject to my duties as a director of Offeree, I shall not,
     without the prior written consent of Offeror, signed by a duly
     authorised director, requisition or join in the requisition of
     any general or class meeting of Offeree for the purpose of
     considering any resolution affecting or having an impact on the
     Offers or the proposed allotment referred to in paragraph 7.1
     other than the Special Resolution; and

7.3  Subject to my duties as a director of Offeree, I shall not take
     any action or make any statement which is or may be prejudicial
     to the success of the Offers (it being agreed that any action
     or statement which I may take or make in relation to a Competing
     Offer, or an offer or approach which the Board of Directors of
     Offeree unanimously believes could be or may become a Competing
     Offer or lead to the person making such approach (or on whose
     behalf such approach is made) making a Competing Offer, shall
     not constitute a breach of this paragraph 7.3). 

     And in particular (without limitation):

7.4  Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4.5, I shall not offer
     any Offeree Ordinary Shares to any person or accept any other
     offer in respect of all or any of the Offeree Ordinary Shares;

7.5  I shall not make any offer to acquire or acquire the whole or
     any part of the issued share capital of Offeree and I shall
     procure that no company which I control (as such term is defined
     in Section 840 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988),
     will make such an offer or acquisition; and

7.6  I shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement with any
     person, whether conditionally or otherwise, to do any of the
     acts referred to in this paragraph 7.2 to 7.5;

     Provided always that nothing in this paragraph 7 (or elsewhere
     in this letter) shall prevent me from (i) engaging in
     discussions with any person or persons in connection with a
     Competing Offer (as defined in paragraph 4.5), or any offer or
     approach which the Board unanimously believes could be or may
     become a Competing Offer or lead to the person making such
     approach (or on whose behalf such approach is made) making a
     Competing Offer or (ii) at any time after the Board unanimously
     comes to believe that any such offer, if made, would constitute
     a Competing Offer, undertaking to accept and/or recommend to
     shareholders, or recommending, any such offer or allowing any
     such undertaking to be referred to in any announcement of a
     Competing Offer.

8.   I agree to: 

8.1  the issue of the Press Announcement in the terms attached
     (including the reference to me);

8.2  details of this undertaking being set out in the Offer Document
     and in any document filed by the Offeror with the Securities and
     Exchange Commission as a result of the transactions described
     herein or my being appointed a director of the Offeror;

8.3  this undertaking being available for inspection during the offer
     period (as defined in the Code). 

9.   I shall supply you promptly on request with all information,
     including details of my interests and dealings in securities of
     Offeror and Offeree, and (to the extent that such information
     is reasonably available to me) those of any other person
     interested in the Shares, as may be required by the Code for
     inclusion in the Offer Document or as may be required by the
     securities laws and regulations of the United States of America
     for inclusion in any document filed by the Offeror with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission as a result of the
     transactions described herein or my being appointed a director
     of the Offeror.  I shall notify you promptly of any changes to
     such information but in relation to the interests and dealings
     of any person other than myself, only to the extent that such
     changes are notified to me. 

10.  In my capacity as director of Offeree, I undertake (subject to
     my duties as a director of Offeree) to use all reasonable
     endeavours to procure that: 

10.1 the Offer Document (unless posted after the announcement of
     a firm intention to make a Competing Offer, as defined in
     paragraph 4.5) is accompanied by a letter from the
     directors of Offeree to Offeree shareholders, in a form
     agreed with Offeror (such agreement not to be unreasonably
     withheld or delayed), in which the directors unanimously
     recommend shareholders to vote in favour of the Special
     Resolution to the extent that such recommendation is not
     inconsistent with their duties as directors; 

10.2      Offeree and its directors provide Offeror and its advisers
          with any reasonable assistance and information, execute any
          documents reasonably required by the Offeror and do
          anything reasonably considered to be necessary to enable
          Offeror to:

     (a)       make the Offers in accordance with the requirements of
               the London Stock Exchange, the Code and the securities
               laws and regulations of the United States of America;
               and

     (b)  despatch the Offer Document promptly.

10.3 Until the Ordinary Offer becomes or is declared
     unconditional in all respects, lapses or is withdrawn (or
     a firm intention to make a Competing Offer, as defined in
     paragraph 4.5, is made):

     (a)  that without prior consultation with the Offeror and, in so
          far as is practicable giving due consideration to its
          views, no member of the Offeree Group will enter into any
          transaction outside the ordinary course of business which
          is material in the context of the Offeree Group as a whole;
          and

     (b)  that without the prior consent of the Offeror:

          (i)  there is no amendment to the memorandum or articles of
               association of any member of the Offeree Group;

          (ii) there is no alteration to the authorised or issued
               share capital of any member of the Offeree Group
               and no options or rights granted over any such
               share capital (other than pursuant to the Special
               Resolution or in order to satisfy existing rights
               or entitlements);

          (iii)     there is no amendment (other than the coming into
                    effect of an amendment prior to the date of this
                    letter which has been disclosed to the Offeror
                    specifically for the purposes of this letter) to
                    the service agreement or other arrangements with
                    any director of Offeree; 

          (iv) no member of the Offeree Group makes any
               acquisition or disposal of assets of a material
               amount as defined in Note 2 to rule 21 of the Code
               or grants any interest over assets of a material
               amount; or 

          (v)  no special resolution is proposed at any general
               meeting of the Offeree (other than the Special
               Resolution).

11.  Offeror's agreement to make the Offers is conditional on no
     event occurring or becoming known to you before despatch of the
     Offer Document as a result of which the Panel on Takeovers and
     Mergers (the "Panel") requires or permits Offeror not to make
     the Offer.

12.  I agree that until the Ordinary Offer becomes or is declared
     unconditional in all respects, lapses or a firm intention to
     make a Competing Offer is announced and save as required by law
     or the rules of the London Stock Exchange or the Code, I shall
     neither for my own account nor on behalf of Offeree (and I shall
     not permit any person on my behalf to) (i) initiate, solicit or
     encourage, directly or indirectly, any inquiries or the making
     of any proposal or offer (including, without limitation, any
     proposal or offer to shareholders of Offeree) with respect to
     a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving, or any
     purchase of any of the shares of, Offeree or any purchase of any
     of any assets of Offeree or any of its subsidiaries having a
     value in excess of L25 million (or the shares of entities
     holding the same) (any such proposal or offer being hereinafter
     referred to as an "Acquisition Proposal," except that
     "Acquisition Proposal" shall not include any such transaction
     among Offeree and Offeror, Offeree and its wholly owned
     subsidiaries or among Offeree's wholly owned subsidiaries) or
     (ii) engage in any negotiations concerning, or provide any
     confidential information or data to, or have any discussions
     with, any person relating to an Acquisition Proposal, or (iii)
     otherwise facilitate directly or indirectly any effort or
     attempt to make or implement an Acquisition Proposal.  I will
     immediately terminate and use all reasonable endeavours to
     procure (in so far as in my capacity as a Director of Offeree
     I am able) that Offeree terminates any existing discussions or
     negotiations with any parties conducted to-date with respect to
     any Acquisition Proposal.  I will promptly notify you if any
     such inquiries or proposals are received by me, any such
     information is requested from me, or any such negotiations or
     discussions are sought to be initiated or continued.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Offeree receives a Competing
     Offer or an offer or approach which the board of directors of
     Offeree unanimously believes could be or may become a Competing
     Offer or lead to the person making such approach (or on whose
     behalf such approach is made) making a Competing Offer, I will
     promptly notify you of such offer or approach and I may engage
     in the above-mentioned, or any other, activities.

13.1 I agree that, save as provided in paragraph 13.2 and if and
     to any extent the number of Ordinary Shares in respect of
     which you do obtain acceptances pursuant to the Ordinary
     Offer (including excess applications) falls short of
     20,000,000, I will sell to you at the time when the
     Ordinary Offer becomes or is declared unconditional in all
     respects and you will purchase upon the same terms per
     ordinary share as the terms of the Ordinary Offer such
     additional number of my Offeree Ordinary Shares as is equal
     to such shortfall, save to the extent of any part of such
     shortfall which is to be satisfied by Mr T. Trickett
     pursuant to the terms of an undertaking of even date
     herewith.  In respect of any such sale of additional
     Offeree Shares, I shall receive consideration in the form
     of Class A Common Stock of Offeror on the same terms
     (including as to the date of settlement) as under the
     Ordinary Offer.

13.2 The provisions of paragraph 13.1 shall terminate upon the
     announcement of a Competing Offer and shall be of no effect
     at any time after the making of any such announcement.

14.  This undertaking will lapse if:

14.1 the Press Announcement is not released by 8.30a.m. on 22
     February, 1996;

14.2 the Offer Document is not posted to shareholders of Offeree
     within 28 days (or such longer period as the Panel may
     agree) after the date of the Press Announcement; or

14.3 the Ordinary Offer lapses or is withdrawn.

     If the undertaking lapses, I shall have no claim against Offeror
     and Offeror shall have no claim against me.
          
15.  Any date, time or period referred to in this undertaking shall
     be of the essence except to the extent to which I and Offeror
     agree in writing to vary any date, time or period, in which
     event the varied date, time or period shall be of the essence. 

16.  I have been given a realistic opportunity to consider whether
     or not I should give this undertaking and whether I should
     receive independent advice about the nature of this undertaking.

17.  I agree that damages would not be an adequate remedy for breach
     of this undertaking.

18.  I acknowledge that, in connection with the Offers, C S First
     Boston is acting for Offeror and for no-one else and agree that
     C S First Boston will not be responsible to me for providing the
     protections afforded to its customers nor for providing advice
     in relation to the Offers.

19.  This undertaking is governed by English law and we each hereby
     submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of
     Justice in England.

20.  I acknowledge that any shares of Class A Common Stock of Offeror
     to be acquired by me pursuant to paragraph 13 hereof have not
     been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of
     1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may not be offered,
     sold, resold or delivered directly or indirectly in or into the
     United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, a US
     person (as defined in Regulation 5 promulgated under the
     Securities Act) except pursuant to an available exemption from
     registration.  I also agree to be bound by the same offering
     restrictions as are applicable to shares of Class A Common Stock
     to be issued in the Ordinary Partial Offer and agree to make
     similar representations to the Offeror in respect of United
     States securities laws as if I had signed a form of acceptance
     under the Ordinary Partial Offer in respect of any Offeree
          Ordinary Shares sold by me pursuant to paragraph 13.1.


Signed as a deed by           )
DAVID CROSSLAND         )   /s/ David Crossland
in the presence of:              )

/s/ R.N.F. Lee              Signature of witness

R.N.F. Lee              Name of witness

Addleshaw, Sons Latham  Address of witness

Dennis House, Marsden St.

Manchester


Solicitor               Occupation of witness





Agreed and accepted by      


/s/ Howard S.  Frank

for and on behalf of
Carnival Corporation


21 February, 1996




                                 



TO: Carnival Corporation ("Offeror")                             
    3655 NW 87 Avenue
    Miami, Florida
    United States of America     

    and                                         21 February, 1996

    CS First Boston Limited
    One Cabot Square
    London E14 4QJ
    United Kingdom


Dear Sirs,

Proposed partial offers for shares in Airtours plc

21. This letter sets out the terms on which I undertake to accept
    the offer to be made by (or on behalf of) Offeror (the
    "Ordinary Offer") to acquire up to 20,000,000 ordinary shares
    representing 17.34 per cent of the current issued ordinary
    share capital of Airtours plc ("Offeree"). 

22. The Ordinary Offer and the offer by (or on behalf of) Offeror
    (the "Preference Offer") to acquire up to 8,758,612
    convertible cumulative preference shares representing 17.34
    per cent of the issued convertible cumulative preference
    share capital of Offeree (together with the Ordinary Offer,
    "the Offers") shall be made substantially on the terms of the
    attached draft press announcement (the "Press Announcement"),
    any additional terms and conditions as may be required to
    comply with the requirements of The City Code on Takeovers
    and Mergers (the "Code"), the London Stock Exchange and the
    Securities and Exchange Commission and any additional terms
    and conditions agreed between Offeror and Offeree. 

23. I warrant and undertake to you that:

23.1     I am the registered holder and beneficial owner of 7,000,000
         (the "Offeree Ordinary Shares") ordinary shares of 10p each
         in the capital of Offeree ("Ordinary Shares");

23.2     Subject only to the terms of a deed of even date herewith
         between myself and David Crossland, I hold the Offeree
         Ordinary Shares free from any lien, charge or other
         encumbrance, equity or third party right of any nature; and

23.3     I have full power and authority to accept the Ordinary Offer
         in respect of such number of Offeree Ordinary Shares as is
         referred to in paragraph 4.

4.1 I shall (save as provided herein) irrevocably accept the
    Ordinary Offer in respect of 2,000,000 of the Offeree
    Ordinary Shares ("the Shares"). 

4.2 My acceptance in respect of the Shares shall be made by 09.00
    am (London time) on the first closing date of the Offers in
    accordance with the procedure for acceptance set out in the
    formal document containing the Offers (the "Offer Document")
    to be despatched to Shareholders. 

4.3 I undertake that Offeror will acquire the Shares pursuant to
    the Ordinary Offer free from any lien, charge, or other
    encumbrance, equity or other third party right of any nature
    and together with all rights of any nature attaching or
    accruing to them including the right to all dividends
    declared, made or paid after the date of this letter.

4.4 I shall elect to receive only Class A Common Stock of Offeror
    as consideration under the Ordinary Offer.

4.5 My obligations under paragraphs 4.1 to 4.4 (inclusive) shall
    not apply to prevent me accepting in respect of all my
    Offeree Ordinary Shares (but not some only) and shall
    terminate in the event that there is made a general offer
    made by a third party to acquire the whole of the issued
    ordinary share capital of Offeree (other than Ordinary Shares
    already held by such third party or persons acting in concert
    therewith), which is unanimously recommended by the directors
    of Offeree, on terms which represent (in the opinion of the
    Directors of Offeree) an improvement on the value of the
    consideration offered under the Ordinary Offer as at the date
    on which a firm intention to make such general offer is
    announced (a "Competing Offer").  In the event that I accept
    a Competing Offer and if the Competing Offer is declared
    wholly unconditional, I shall pay you a cash sum and/or
    transfer securities to you (as provided below) having an
    aggregate value in an amount equal to 20% of the product of
    (i) 7,000,000 and (ii) the difference between the amount per
    Ordinary Share of (a) the cash and the fair market value of
    any other consideration given to the holders of the Ordinary
    Shares pursuant to the Competing Offer, as determined by the
    directors of Offeree in good faith, and (b) L4.50.  I shall
    pay  cash/transfer securities (as provided below) to you of
    an aggregate value equal to such amount the business day
    after I receive the consideration under the Competing Offer. 
    In respect thereof, you hereby agree if requested by me to
    accept payment by way of the transfer of non-cash
    consideration (other than loan notes) of the same type to the
    extent and in the same percentage (or such lower percentage
    as I may specify) as I receive it as consideration under the
    Competing Offer provided however that I will be responsible
    for paying all costs and expenses incurred in transferring
    any securities or other non-cash consideration (including,
    for the avoidance of doubt all transfer or other taxes) to
    the Offeror.  Notwithstanding my absolute obligation to pay
    cash/transfer securities (as aforesaid) to you of an
    aggregate value equal to such amount as aforesaid, you agree
    that you shall discuss with me and consider in good faith
    potential alternative structures which I may propose in
    connection with any liability which I may have to you in such
    circumstances in order to help me minimise any tax liability
    which may arise by virtue of my accepting the Competing Offer
    or otherwise by reason of the provisions of this paragraph
    4.5. 

4.6 An offer shall not be prevented from being a Competing Offer
    within the meaning of paragraph 4.5 solely by reason of the
    fact that, when such offer is announced, the making of it is
    stated to be the subject of a precondition to the effect that
    the resolution referred to in paragraph 7.1 below is not
    passed.

5.  In order to secure the performance of my obligations under
    paragraph 4, I irrevocably appoint any director for the time
    being of Offeror to be my attorney in my name and on my
    behalf to execute a Form or Forms of Acceptance and/or such
    other documents and to do such other acts and things as may
    be necessary to accept (or procure the acceptance of) the
    Ordinary Offer in respect of the Shares. However:

5.1 the appointment shall not take effect until 09.00 am (London
    time) on the first closing date of the Offers and only then
    if I have failed to comply with my obligations in paragraph
    4.2; and

5.2 such attorney shall act in accordance with paragraph 4.4
    (where applicable).

6.  Although the terms of the Ordinary Offer will give accepting
    shareholders the right to withdraw acceptances at any time
    after the first closing date of the Offers and before the
    Offers become or are declared unconditional in all respects
    I shall not withdraw my acceptance of the Ordinary Offer in
    respect of the Shares unless a Competing Offer is announced. 
    

7.  Until the Ordinary Offer becomes or is declared unconditional
    in all respects, lapses or is withdrawn (or a firm intention
    to make a Competing Offer, as defined in paragraph 4.5, is
    announced):
    
7.1 I shall exercise the voting rights attached to the Offeree
    Ordinary Shares in favour of the resolution (the "Special
    Resolution") to be proposed at a general meeting of Offeree
    for the purpose of increasing the authorised share capital of
    Offeree and disapplying the provisions of section 89 of the
    Companies Act 1985 in respect of the proposed allotment to
    you by Offeree, as referred to in the Press Announcement, of
    20,000,000 new Ordinary Shares; 

7.2 Subject to my duties as a director of Offeree, I shall not,
    without the prior written consent of Offeror, signed by a
    duly authorised director, requisition or join in the
    requisition of any general or class meeting of Offeree for
    the purpose of considering any resolution affecting or having
    an impact on the Offers or the proposed allotment referred to
    in paragraph 7.1 other than the Special Resolution; and

7.3 Subject to my duties as a director of Offeree, I shall not
    take any action or make any statement which is or may be
    prejudicial to the success of the Offers (it being agreed
    that any action or statement which I may take or make in
    relation to a Competing Offer, or an offer or approach which
    the Board of Directors of Offeree unanimously believes could
    be or may become a Competing Offer or lead to the person
    making such approach (or on whose behalf such approach is
    made) making a Competing Offer, shall not constitute a breach
    of this paragraph 7.3). 

    And in particular (without limitation):

7.4 Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4.5, I shall not offer
    any Offeree Ordinary Shares to any person or accept any other
    offer in respect of all or any of the Offeree Ordinary
    Shares;

7.5 I shall not make any offer to acquire or acquire the whole or
    any part of the issued share capital of Offeree and I shall
    procure that no company which I control (as such term is
    defined in Section 840 of the Income and Corporation Taxes
    Act 1988), will make such an offer or acquisition; and

7.6 I shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement with any
    person, whether conditionally or otherwise, to do any of the
    acts referred to in this paragraph 7.2 to 7.5;

    Provided always that nothing in this paragraph 7 (or elsewhere in
    this letter) shall prevent me from (i) engaging in discussions
    with any person or persons in connection with a Competing Offer
    (as defined in paragraph 4.5), or any offer or approach which the
    Board unanimously believes could be or may become a Competing
    Offer or lead to the person making such approach (or on whose
    behalf such approach is made) making a Competing Offer or (ii) at
    any time after the Board unanimously comes to believe that any
    such offer, if made, would constitute a Competing Offer,
    undertaking to accept and/or recommend to shareholders, or
    recommending, any such offer or allowing any such undertaking to
    be referred to in any announcement of a Competing Offer.

8.  I agree to: 

8.1 the issue of the Press Announcement in the terms attached
    (including the reference to me);

8.2 details of this undertaking being set out in the Offer
    Document and in any document filed by the Offeror with the
    Securities and Exchange Commission as a result of the
    transactions described herein;

8.3 this undertaking being available for inspection during the
    offer period (as defined in the Code). 

9.  I shall supply you promptly on request with all information,
    including details of my interests and dealings in securities
    of Offeror and Offeree, and (to the extent that such
    information is reasonably available to me) those of any other
    person interested in the Shares, as may be required by the
    Code for inclusion in the Offer Document or as may be
    required by the securities laws and regulations of the United
    States of America for inclusion in any document filed by the
    Offeror with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a
    result of the transactions described herein.  For the period
    of 40 days following the Ordinary Offer becoming or being
    declared unconditional in all respects I shall notify you
    promptly of any changes to such information but in relation
    to the interests and dealings of any person other than
    myself, only to the extent that such changes are notified to
    me. 

10. In my capacity as director of Offeree, I undertake (subject
    to my duties as a director of Offeree) to use all reasonable
    endeavours to procure that: 

10.1     the Offer Document (unless posted after the announcement of
         a firm intention to make a Competing Offer, as defined in
         paragraph 4.5) is accompanied by a letter from the directors
         of Offeree to Offeree shareholders, in a form agreed with
         Offeror (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or
         delayed), in which the directors unanimously recommend
         shareholders to vote in favour of the Special Resolution to
         the extent that such recommendation is not inconsistent with
         their duties as directors; 

10.2     Offeree and its directors provide Offeror and its advisers
         with any reasonable assistance and information, execute any
         documents reasonably required by the Offeror and do anything
         reasonably considered to be necessary to enable Offeror to:

    (a)       make the Offers in accordance with the requirements of
              the London Stock Exchange, the Code and the securities
              laws and regulations of the United States of America; and

    (b)  despatch the Offer Document promptly.

10.3     Until the Ordinary Offer becomes or is declared unconditional
         in all respects, lapses or is withdrawn (or a firm intention
         to make a Competing Offer, as defined in paragraph 4.5, is
         made):

    (a)  that without prior consultation with the Offeror and, in so
         far as is practicable giving due consideration to its views,
         no member of the Offeree Group will enter into any
         transaction outside the ordinary course of business which is
         material in the context of the Offeree Group as a whole; and

    (b)  that without the prior consent of the Offeror:

         (i)  there is no amendment to the memorandum or articles of
              association of any member of the Offeree Group;

         (ii) there is no alteration to the authorised or issued
              share capital of any member of the Offeree Group and
              no options or rights granted over any such share
              capital (other than pursuant to the Special
              Resolution or in order to satisfy existing rights or
              entitlements);

         (iii)     there is no amendment (other than the coming into
                   effect of an amendment prior to the date of this
                   letter which has been disclosed to the Offeror
                   specifically for the purposes of this letter) to the
                   service agreement or other arrangements with any
                   director of Offeree; 

         (iv) no member of the Offeree Group makes any acquisition
              or disposal of assets of a material amount as
              defined in Note 2 to rule 21 of the Code or grants
              any interest over assets of a material amount; or 

         (v)  no special resolution is proposed at any general meeting
              of the Offeree (other than the Special Resolution).

11. Offeror's agreement to make the Offers is conditional on no
    event occurring or becoming known to you before despatch of
    the Offer Document as a result of which the Panel on
    Takeovers and Mergers (the "Panel") requires or permits
    Offeror not to make the Offer.

12. I agree that until the Ordinary Offer becomes or is declared
    unconditional in all respects, lapses or a firm intention to
    make a Competing Offer is announced and save as required by
    law or the rules of the London Stock Exchange or the Code, I
    shall neither for my own account nor on behalf of Offeree
    (and I shall not permit any person on my behalf to) (i)
    initiate, solicit or encourage, directly or indirectly, any
    inquiries or the making of any proposal or offer (including,
    without limitation, any proposal or offer to shareholders of
    Offeree) with respect to a merger, consolidation or similar
    transaction involving, or any purchase of any of the shares
    of, Offeree or any purchase of any of any assets of Offeree
    or any of its subsidiaries having a value in excess of L25
    million (or the shares of entities holding the same) (any
    such proposal or offer being hereinafter referred to as an
    "Acquisition Proposal," except that "Acquisition Proposal"
    shall not include any such transaction among Offeree and
    Offeror, Offeree and its wholly owned subsidiaries or among
    Offeree's wholly owned subsidiaries) or (ii) engage in any
    negotiations concerning, or provide any confidential
    information or data to, or have any discussions with, any
    person relating to an Acquisition Proposal, or (iii)
    otherwise facilitate directly or indirectly any effort or
    attempt to make or implement an Acquisition Proposal.  I will
    immediately terminate and use all reasonable endeavours to
    procure (in so far as in my capacity as a Director of Offeree
    I am able) that Offeree terminates any existing discussions
    or negotiations with any parties conducted to-date with
    respect to any Acquisition Proposal.  I will promptly notify
    you if any such inquiries or proposals are received by me,
    any such information is requested from me, or any such
    negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or
    continued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Offeree receives
    a Competing Offer or an offer or approach which the board of
    directors of Offeree unanimously believes could be or may
    become a Competing Offer or lead to the person making such
    approach (or on whose behalf such approach is made) making a
    Competing Offer, I will promptly notify you of such offer or
    approach and I may engage in the above-mentioned, or any
    other, activities.

13.1     I agree that, save as provided in paragraph 13.2 and if and
         to any extent the number of Ordinary Shares in respect of
         which you do obtain acceptances pursuant to the Ordinary
         Offer (including excess applications) falls short of
         20,000,000, I will sell to you at the time when the Ordinary
         Offer becomes or is declared unconditional in all respects
         and you will purchase upon the same terms per Ordinary Share
         as the terms of the Ordinary Offer such additional number of
         my Offeree Ordinary Shares as is equal to 18.91892 per cent
         of such shortfall or, if less, 1,500,000 of such ordinary
         shares.  In respect of any such sale of additional Offeree
         Shares, I shall receive consideration in the form of Class A
         Common Stock of Offeror on the same terms (including as to
         the date of settlement) as under the Ordinary Offer.

13.2     The provisions of paragraph 13.1 shall terminate upon the
         announcement of a Competing Offer and shall be of no effect
         at any time after the making of any such announcement.

14. This undertaking will lapse if:

14.1     the Press Announcement is not released by 8.30a.m. on 22
         February, 1996;

14.2     the Offer Document is not posted to shareholders of Offeree
         within 28 days (or such longer period as the Panel may agree)
         after the date of the Press Announcement; or

14.3     the Ordinary Offer lapses or is withdrawn.

    If the undertaking lapses, I shall have no claim against Offeror
    and Offeror shall have no claim against me.
         
15. Any date, time or period referred to in this undertaking
    shall be of the essence except to the extent to which I and
    Offeror agree in writing to vary any date, time or period, in
    which event the varied date, time or period shall be of the
    essence. 

16. I have been given a realistic opportunity to consider whether
    or not I should give this undertaking and whether I should
    receive independent advice about the nature of this
    undertaking.

17. I agree that damages would not be an adequate remedy for
    breach of this undertaking.

18. I acknowledge that, in connection with the Offers, C S First
    Boston is acting for Offeror and for no-one else and agree
    that C S First Boston will not be responsible to me for
    providing the protections afforded to its customers nor for
    providing advice in relation to the Offers.

19. This undertaking is governed by English law and we each
    hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court
    of Justice in England.

20. I acknowledge that any shares of Class A Common Stock of
    Offeror to be acquired by me pursuant to paragraph 13 hereof
    have not been and will not be registered under the Securities
    Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and may not
    be offered, sold, resold or delivered directly or indirectly
    in or into the United States or to, or for the account or
    benefit of, a US person (as defined in Regulation 5 
    promulgated under the Securities Act), except pursuant to an
    available exemption from registration.  I also agree to be
    bound by the same offering restrictions as are applicable to
    shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in the Ordinary
    Partial Offer and agree to make similar representations to
    the Offeror in respect of United States securities laws as if
    I had signed a form of acceptance under the Ordinary Partial
    Offer in respect of any Offeree Ordinary Shares sold by me
        pursuant to paragraph 13.1.


Signed as a deed by     )
THOMAS TRICKETT         )   /s/ Thomas Trickett
in the presence of:     )

/s/ R.N.F. Lee              Signature of witness

R.N.F. Lee                  Name of witness

Addleshaw, Sons & Latham         Address of witness

Dennis House, Marsden St.

Manshester


Solicitor                   Occupation of witness





Agreed and accepted by      


/s/ Howard S.  Frank

for and on behalf of
Carnival Corporation


              21 February, 1996


                                                                 
                                                                 







                     SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT


                             between


                       CARNIVAL CORPORATION

                               and

                         DAVID CROSSLAND



                                 



                                 




                     Dated February 21, 1996

                        TABLE OF CONTENTS                        

                                                             Page

1.  Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

2.  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
    2.1  Limitation on Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
    2.2  Permitted Transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
    2.3  Permitted Transfer Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
    2.4  Agreement to be Bound; Substitution of Transferee . .  5
    2.5  Registration Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

3.  Notice of Proposed Transfers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6

4.  Directors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
    4.1  Election of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
    4.2  Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
    4.3  The Existing Shareholder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
    4.4  Purchaser's Appointment of the Existing Shareholder .  9

5.  Exceptions to Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

6.  Stock Certificate Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

7.  Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
    7.1  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
    7.2  Amendment and Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
    7.3  Specific Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
    7.4  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    7.5  Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    7.6  Entire Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    7.7  Term of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
    7.8  Variations in Pronouns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
    7.9  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
    7.10 Jurisdiction and Venue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
    7.11 Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    
7.12     Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
    7.13 Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

                     SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT, dated February __, 1996 (this "Agreement"),
between Carnival Corporation, a Panamanian Corporation (the
"Purchaser") and David Crossland (the "Existing Shareholder").  

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Purchaser and Airtours plc, a company incorporated
under the laws of England and Wales (the "Company"), have entered
into a share subscription agreement ("the Subscription Agreement")
whereby the Purchaser has agreed to subscribe for 20 million
Ordinary Shares of the Company for L5.00 per Ordinary Share, upon
the terms and subject to the conditions contained therein (the
"Share Subscription");
    
WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Company have announced that the
Purchaser intends to commence a partial offer for up to 20 million
Ordinary Shares of the Company and a partial offer for up to
8,758,612 Preference Shares of the Company, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in the press announcement (a
copy of which is annexed hereto) to be dated February ___, 1996 (the
"Partial Offers");

WHEREAS, the Existing Shareholder and Thomas Trickett have agreed,
subject to the Partial Offers becoming unconditional in all respects
and the obligations of the Existing Shareholder and Thomas Trickett
pursuant to the irrevocable undertakings of even date herewith not
having terminated pursuant to paragraph 4.5 thereof, to sell to the
Purchaser such further number of Ordinary Shares (the "Share
Purchase") so that after the Share Subscription, the Partial Offers
and the Share Purchase are consummated the Purchaser shall own
40 million Ordinary Shares and up to 8,758,612 Preference Shares.

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Purchaser to consummate the Share
Subscription, the Partial Offers and the Share Purchase, the parties
hereto wish to restrict the transfer of the Ordinary Shares and the
Common Stock of the Purchaser to be held by the Existing Shareholder
immediately following completion of the Share Subscription, the
Partial Offers and the Share Purchase.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and
agreements set forth herein, the adequacy of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

21. Definitions.  

    As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
    meanings set forth below:

    "Board of Directors"              means the Board of Directors of the
                                      Company.

    "Closing Date"               means the date on which the Partial
                                 Offers become or are declared wholly
                                 unconditional.

    "Common Stock"               means shares of Class A Common Stock,
                                 par value $.01 per share, of the
                                 Purchaser (including any other capital
                                 stock of the Purchaser into which the
                                 Class A Common Stock may be
                                 reclassified or reconstituted and also
                                 including any capital stock of the
                                 Purchaser arising from such Common
                                 Stock by reason of any stock split
                                 and/or consolidation in relation to
                                 such stock).

    "Family Members"             has the meaning assigned such term
                                 in Section 2.2.2.

    "Family Trust"               has the meaning assigned such term in
                                 Section 2.2.2.

"Involuntary Transfer"  means any transfer, proceeding or action by
                        or in which the Existing Shareholder shall
                        be deprived or divested of any right, title
                        or interest in or to any Ordinary Shares,
                        including, without limitation, any seizure
                        under levy of attachment or execution, any
                        transfer in connection with bankruptcy
                        (whether pursuant to the filing of a
                        voluntary or an involuntary petition under
                        the bankruptcy laws of England and Wales or
                        elsewhere) or other court proceeding to a
                        debtor in possession, trustee in bankruptcy
                        or receiver or other officer or agency.

    "Ordinary Shares"            means ordinary shares of 10p each
                                 in the capital of the Company
                                 (including any other shares in the
                                 capital of the Company into which
                                 such ordinary shares may at any
                                 time be converted and also
                                 including any shares in the capital
                                 of the Company arising from the
                                 same by reason of any subdivision
                                 and/or consolidation of such
                                 Ordinary Shares or by reason of any
                                 issue of shares in the Company by
                                 way of capitalisation of reserves).

"Permitted Transferees"          has the meaning assigned such term
                                 in Section 2.2.

    "Person"                means any individual, firm, corpora-
                            tion, partnership, limited liability
                            company, trust, incorporated or
                            unincorporated association, joint
                            venture, joint stock company,
                            governmental body or other entity of
                            any kind.

    "Shares"                means all such Ordinary Shares as are
                            held by the Existing Shareholder
                            immediately following completion of the
                            Partial Offers and the Share Purchase
                            and all such Common Stock as is
                            received by the Existing Shareholder
                            pursuant to the Partial Offers and the
                            Share Purchase.

    "Shareholders"               shall mean the Existing Shareholder and
                                 any Permitted Transferee and the term
                                 "Shareholder" shall mean any such
                                 Person.  

"Shareholders' Meeting"          has the meaning assigned such term
                                 in Section 4.1.

    "transfer"                   has the meaning set forth in Section
                                 2.1.

"Written Resolution"             has the meaning set forth in
                                 Section 4.1.

22. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

22.1     Limitation on Transfer  

    Prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, the Existing
    Shareholder shall not sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge,
    charge, encumber, grant a lien or security interest in or
    otherwise transfer (whether by operation of law or otherwise) any
    Shares or any right, title or interest therein or thereto
    (including, without limitation, any beneficial interests or voting
    rights in the Shares)(each a "transfer"), except (i) in accordance
    with the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) with the consent of the
    Purchaser or (iii) any transfer by way of
    acceptance of the Partial Offers or in implementation of the Share
    Purchase; or (iv) any Involuntary Transfer.  Any attempt to transfer
    any Shares or any rights thereunder in violation of the preceding
    sentence shall be null and void ab initio and, with respect to
    Common Stock, the Purchaser shall not register any such transfers. 
    For the avoidance of doubt neither the provisions of this Section
    2 nor the provisions of Section 3 shall apply to any Ordinary Shares
    acquired by the Existing Shareholder after Completion of the Partial
    Offers and the Share Purchase or to any Common Stock acquired by the
    Existing Shareholder otherwise than pursuant to the Partial Offers
        and the Share Purchase.
22.2     Permitted Transfers  

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
    Agreement, the Existing Shareholder may transfer Shares in
    accordance with Section 2.2 and Sections 2.3 and 2.4 (the Persons
    to whom the Existing Shareholder may so transfer Shares (other
    than a transfer under Section 2.2.2) being referred to hereinafter
    as "Permitted Transferees").

    22.2.1    Transfers by the Existing Shareholder  

         At any time, the Existing Shareholder may transfer any or all
         of his Shares to a member of his immediate family, which
         shall include his parents, spouse, siblings, children (and
         any children of his spouse or former spouse) or grandchildren
         (and any grandchildren of his spouse or former spouse)
         ("Family Members"), or a trust, corporation, limited
         liability company or partnership, all of the beneficial
         interests in which shall be held by him or one or more of his
         Family Members (collectively, a "Family Trust"); provided,
         however, that during the period any such trust, corporation,
         or partnership holds any right, title or interest in any
         Shares, no Person other than David Crossland or one or more
         of his Family Members may be or become beneficiaries,
         stockholders, members or limited or general partners thereof.

    22.2.2    Exchange Transactions  

         At any time, the Existing Shareholder may sell Shares;
         provided, that the aggregate sales proceeds (net of selling
         expenses and brokerage costs, but not any applicable taxes)
         from such sales ("the Permitted Sales") made at any time
         after this Agreement becomes effective (whether or not during
         the two years following the Closing Date) may not exceed L25
         million.  The Existing Shareholder may also sell Shares
         generating sales proceeds (net of selling expenses and
         brokerage costs) of up to a sum equal to the amount of any
         capital gains tax payable in respect of the Permitted Sales
         (and/or in respect of the sale of Shares in accordance with
         this sentence) provided that such sale proceeds (net of
         selling expenses and brokerage costs) do not exceed L10
         million in the aggregate.  In addition to any Shares which
         may be disposed of in accordance with the preceding two
         sentences, the Existing Shareholder may sell Shares such that
         the aggregate sale proceeds (net of selling expenses and
         brokerage costs, but not any applicable taxes) from such
         sales equal the amount of the capital gains tax, if any,
         payable by the Existing Shareholder in respect of his
         disposal of Ordinary Shares in the Partial Offers and/or the
         Share Purchase (including capital gains tax payable as a
         result of sales of Shares in accordance with this sentence). 
         For purposes of this Section 2.2.2, any sales in U.S. dollars
         shall be converted into pounds sterling on the basis of the
         noon buying rate in New York City for pounds sterling as
         certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of
         New York, in each case, on the date or dates on which such
         Shares are sold.

22.3     Permitted Transfer Procedures  

    If the Existing Shareholder wishes to transfer Shares under this
    Section 2, the Existing Shareholder shall give notice to the
    Purchaser of its intention to make any transfer permitted under
    this Section 2 not less than seven (7) days prior to effecting
    such transfer, which notice (in the case of a transfer under
    Section 2.2.1) shall state the name and address of each Permitted
    Transferee to whom such transfer is proposed and the number and
    type of Shares proposed to be transferred to such Permitted
    Transferee or, with respect to any transfer under Section 2.2.2,
    the number and type of Shares to be sold and the proposed date or
    dates of sale (it being understood that the Existing Shareholder
    shall be under no obligation to sell any Shares on such date or
    dates and that he shall be entitled to sell the relevant Shares
    on (an) alternative date(s) without giving any further
    notification hereunder Provided that such Shares are sold not less
    than eight (8) days after the relevant notification has been given
    hereunder and not more than 30 days after the proposed date (or
    the last of the proposed dates) for such sale(s) referred to in
    such notification).

22.4     Agreement to be Bound; Substitution of Transferee

    No transfer (other than a transfer pursuant to Section 2.2.2) may
    be made pursuant to this Section 2 unless the Permitted Transferee
    has agreed in writing in respect of the Shares so transferred to
    be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  With
    respect to the Shares transferred to a Permitted Transferee, the
    Permitted Transferee shall be substituted for, and enjoy the same
    rights and be subject to the same obligations, as its predecessor
    hereunder.  

22.5     Registration Rights

    If the Existing Shareholder proposes to transfer any Common Stock
    received pursuant to the Partial Offers and the Share Purchase,
    other than in contravention of the provisions of this Agreement,
    the Existing Shareholder may request that its United States
    securities counsel (which shall be Cleary, Gottlieb, Stein &
    Hamilton or another United States securities counsel designated
    by the Existing Shareholder and reasonably acceptable to the
    Purchaser) ("Shareholder Counsel") deliver a legal opinion to him
    and the Purchaser that the proposed transfer can be made without
    registration under Section 5 of Securities Act of 1933, as amended
    (the "Act"), subject to customary assumptions and qualifications
    (the "Securities Law Opinion"), which legal opinion shall be
    reasonably satisfactory to the Existing Shareholder and the
    Purchaser.  If Shareholder Counsel is unable to deliver the
    Securities Law Opinion, then the Existing Shareholder may request
    that the Purchaser's United States securities counsel (which shall
    be Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison or another United
    States securities counsel designated by the Purchaser and
    reasonably acceptable to the Existing Shareholder) ("Purchaser
    Counsel") deliver the Securities Law Opinion to him and the
    Purchaser, which legal opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory
    to the Existing Shareholder and the Purchaser.  The Existing
    Shareholder shall cooperate with Purchaser Counsel by delivering
    customary certificates and other information reasonably requested
    by Purchaser Counsel and the Purchaser shall use all reasonable
    endeavours to procure that Purchaser Counsel shall either deliver
    the Securities Law Opinion, or confirm that it is not able to give
    such an opinion, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt
    of the relevant request from the Existing Shareholder.  If
    Purchaser Counsel is unable to deliver the Securities Law Opinion
    with respect to the proposed transfer, then the Purchaser agrees
    to enter into a registration rights agreement with the Existing
    Shareholder, on customary terms and conditions, to provide the
    Existing Shareholder (as soon as reasonably practicable after it
    has become apparent that the Securities Law Opinion cannot be
    given either by Shareholder Counsel or Purchaser Counsel) with (i)
    demand registration rights for one registration statement to allow
    the resale of the Common Stock acquired by the Existing
    Shareholder in the Partial Offers and the Share Purchase and then
    held by him (the "Subject Shares") and (ii) piggy-back
    registration rights with respect to the Subject Shares. 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser shall not be required
    to provide a Securities Law Opinion or to enter into a
    registration rights agreement if, in the opinion of Purchaser
    Counsel (which opinion is delivered in writing to the Purchaser
    and the Existing Shareholder in a form reasonably satisfactory of
    the Existing Shareholder and the Purchaser), the Existing
    Shareholder may resell the Subject Shares under Rule 144
    promulgated under the Act (or any successor provision) within a
    period of 180 days.

23. Notice of Proposed Transfers.

23.1     If, at any time on or after the second anniversary of the
         Closing Date, the Existing Shareholder wishes to sell or
         otherwise transfer any Shares which are Ordinary Shares
         (other than in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.3), the
         Existing Shareholder shall first notify the Purchaser in
         writing of such intention and shall not enter into (or agree
         to enter into) such transfer or disposition until at least 15
         days after the giving of such notice. During such 15 day
         period, the Purchaser or another Person designated by the
         Purchaser may make an offer to purchase such Ordinary Shares
         and the parties agree to discuss such offer.  Under no
         circumstances shall the Existing Shareholder be obligated to
         sell such Ordinary Shares to the Purchaser or another Person
         by virtue of this Section 3.

23.2     The provisions of Section 3.1 shall have no application to:

         (a)  any transfer(s) of Ordinary Shares after the second
              anniversary of the Closing Date if such transfer by the
              Existing Shareholder shall be made in accordance with
              Sections 2.2 and 2.3; or

         (b)  to any transfer of less than 2,500,000 (or such greater
              number as shall from time to time represent 25% of the
              Ordinary Shares then held by the Existing Shareholder)
              Ordinary Shares ("the Transfer Limit") Provided that
              transfers exempted from clause 3.1 pursuant to this
              clause 3.2 (b) shall not in aggregate exceed, during any
              three month period, the Transfer Limit.

24. Directors

24.1     Election of Directors  

    24.1.1    In his capacity as director of the Company, the Existing
              Shareholder agrees (subject to his duties as a director
              of the Company) to use all reasonable endeavours to
              procure that if the Partial Offers become or are declared
              unconditional in all respects, the directors of the
              Company shall promptly approve the appointment of Micky
              Arison and Howard S. Frank as directors of the Company.

    24.1.2    On or after the Closing Date, for so long as the
              Purchaser owns Ordinary Shares representing at least 20%
              of the Company's ordinary share capital in issue from
              time to time and the Purchaser owns Ordinary Shares which
              (taking full account of any sub-division and/or
              consolidation of the ordinary share capital of the
              Company, or any issue by the Company by way of
              capitalisation of reserves, after the date of this
              Agreement) represent at least 75% of the aggregate number
              of Ordinary Shares acquired by the Purchaser in the
              Partial Offers, the Share Subscription and the Share
              Purchase, the Existing Shareholder shall vote all
              Ordinary Shares and other voting securities of the
              Company then held by him in all elections for directors
              of the Company whether at any annual or extraordinary
              general meeting of shareholders of the Company or in any
              written resolution executed in lieu of such a meeting so
              that the Board of Directors shall (subject to the Board
              of Directors having approved the identity of the relevant
              individuals as referred to in Clause 6.3 of the
              Subscription Agreement) include at all times two
              individuals designated by the Purchaser (the "Purchaser
              Directors") Provided that the Existing Shareholder shall
              not be obliged hereunder to vote all or any of his
              Ordinary Shares (or other voting securities of the
              Company), or otherwise comply with the provisions of this
              Section 4.1.2, in respect of any resolution to appoint,
              or re-appoint, to the Board of Directors of the Company
              any individual whose office as a director of the Company
              has been vacated pursuant to the Articles of Association
              of the Company or in respect of whom a resolution of the
              Company in general meeting removing him from such office
              has been passed or a resolution of the Company in general
              meeting in relation to his appointment or re-appointment
              as a director has failed to be passed.  Subject to the
              other provisions of this Section 4.1, the Purchaser's
              rights under the preceding sentence shall continue if the
              Purchaser owns Ordinary Shares representing less than 20%
              of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue
              from time to time if such percentage falls below 20%
              solely by reason of the Purchaser not participating in
              any issue of Ordinary Shares by the Company which is not
              made available to the Purchaser (a " Restricted Share
              Offer").  The provisions of the first sentence of this
              Section 4.1.2 shall continue to apply, but in respect of
              only one Purchaser Director (a) if the Purchaser's
              percentage ownership of the issued ordinary share capital
              of the Company falls below 20% other than solely by
              reason of the Purchaser not participating in a Restricted
              Share Offer or (b) if such percentage ownership falls
              below 15% for any reason.  Once the Purchaser's
              percentage ownership in the ordinary share capital of the
              Company has fallen below 15%, other than solely by reason
              of the Purchaser not participating in a Restricted Share
              Offer, or below 10% for any reason, the provisions of
              this Section 4.1.2 shall be of no effect. 

24.2     Removal and Replacement  

    After the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall be entitled at any
    time and for any reason (or for no reason) to designate one or
    both of the Purchaser Directors for removal. If at any time after
    the Closing Date, a vacancy is created on the Board of Directors
    by reason of the death, removal or resignation of any Purchaser
    Director, then the Purchaser shall designate a nominee or nominees
    to be elected to fill such vacancy until the next annual general
    meeting of the Company, and provided that such nominee shall have
    been approved by the Board of Directors as referred to in Clause
    6.3 of the Subscription Agreement the Existing Shareholder shall,
    as soon as practicable after the date such vacancy first occurs
    and in any event prior to the transaction of any other business
    by the shareholders recommend such nominee(s) to the shareholders
    of the Company and at any general meeting of the Company vote all
    Ordinary Shares and other voting securities of the Company then
    held by him to elect such nominee or nominees.  The rights of the
    Purchaser under this Section 4.2 shall be reduced or extinguished
    to the same extent as the rights provided for in Section 4.1.

24.3     The Existing Shareholder

    For so long as the Existing Shareholder is required pursuant to
    Section 4.1.2 to vote his Ordinary Shares and other voting
    securities of the Company for at least one Purchaser Director and
    David Crossland remains the Executive Chairman or Chief Executive
    of the Company, then the Purchaser agrees that, on any resolution
    relating to the appointment or re-appointment to the Board of
    Directors of the Company, or removal from such Board, of David
    Crossland, whether at any annual or extraordinary general meeting
    of shareholders of the Company or in any written resolution
    executed in lieu of such a meeting, it shall vote all Ordinary
    Shares and other voting securities of the Company held by it in
    favour of Mr Crossland's appointment or re-appointment to such
    Board (or, as the case may be, retention on such Board) Provided
    that the provisions of this Section 4.3 shall not apply in respect
    of any resolution to appoint, or re-appoint, Mr Crossland to such
    Board if he shall have vacated office as a director of the Company
    pursuant to the Articles of Association of the Company or if a
    resolution of the Company in general meeting removing him from
    such office has been passed or if a resolution of the Company in
    general meeting in relation to his appointment or re-appointment
    to such office has failed to be passed.

24.4     Purchaser's Appointment of the Existing Shareholder

    The Purchaser hereby undertakes to the Existing Shareholder that
    David Crossland shall be appointed a Director of the Purchaser
    immediately following the later of (i) the Closing Date and (ii)
    the Purchaser's 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (scheduled to
    be held on April 15, 1996) and further undertakes that the
    Purchaser will not thereafter remove him from the Board of
    Directors of the Purchaser or procure or seek or instigate his
    removal from such Board until the earliest of the following
    events: (i) David Crossland ceasing to be the Executive Chairman
    or Chief Executive of the Company; (ii) the rights of the
    Purchaser pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.1.2 either (a)
    ceasing or (b) reducing so as to apply in respect of only one
    Purchaser Director where such reduction occurs for any reason
    other than as a result of the issue of Ordinary Shares as
    consideration in the acquisition of another Person or part or all
    of the undertaking of another Person and (iii) the Existing
    Shareholder ceasing to hold Common Stock which (taking full
    account of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalisation
    subdivision, or other consolidation in relation to such stock
    after the date of this Agreement) represents less than 500,000
    shares of the Common Stock issued to the Existing Shareholder
    pursuant to the Partial Offers and the Share Purchase Provided
    that the Purchaser shall not be obliged to maintain (or seek to
    maintain) David Crossland on its Board of Directors or to seek to
    procure his re-appointment of such Board if he is not eligible to
    serve as a Director under the Company's or the Purchaser's
    Articles of Association or by-laws or under applicable law.

25. Exceptions to Restrictions.  

    (i)  Without complying with Sections 2 or 3, the Existing
         Shareholder may transfer any or all of his Ordinary Shares
         pursuant to (a) an offer, tender offer or partial offer
         commenced by any Person which is either unanimously
         recommended by the Board of Directors or is recommended by
         all of the members of the Board of Directors other than
         Purchaser Directors or (b) a general offer made by any Person
         for the entire issued ordinary share capital of the Company
         (other than Ordinary Shares held by such Person or parties
         acting in concert with it) or (c) a merger, recapitalization,
         reorganisation, scheme of arrangement, consolidation or
         similar transaction approved by the holders of the Ordinary
         Shares.

    (ii)      Without complying with Section 2, the Existing
              Shareholder may transfer any or all of his Common Stock
              pursuant to (a) a tender offer or exchange offer
              commenced (1) by the Company or (2) by any other Person
              with respect to which the Board of Directors of the
              Purchaser sends to its stockholders a statement that it 
              recommends such offer or is neutral with respect to such
              offer, (b) a tender offer or exchange offer made by any
              Person for all of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
              of the Purchaser (other than shares of Common Stock held
              by such Person and its affiliates) or (c) pursuant to a
              merger, recapitalization, consolidation or similar
              transaction approved by the holders of the Common Stock.

    (iii)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
              Section 2 shall not apply to the Existing Shareholder's
              participation in the Partial Offers in accordance with
              his Irrevocable Undertaking dated as of the date hereof
              or selling certain of his Ordinary Shares in the Share
              Purchase.

26. Stock Certificate Legend

    A copy of this Agreement shall be filed with the Secretary of the
    Purchaser and kept with the records of the Purchaser.  During the
    period of two years after the Closing Date or, if shorter, the
    period during which this Agreement remains in force, the parties
    shall use all reasonable endeavours to cause each certificate
    representing Shares to bear a legend substantially in the
    following form:

    THE SALE, ASSIGNMENT, HYPOTHECATION, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER
    DISPOSITION (EACH A "TRANSFER") OF ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRE-
    SENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE RESTRICTED BY THE TERMS OF THE
    SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT, DATED FEBRUARY 21, 1996 (THE
    "SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT"), BETWEEN CARNIVAL CORPORATION (THE
    "COMPANY") AND DAVID CROSSLAND[, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE INSPECTED
    AT THE COMPANY'S PRINCIPAL OFFICE.  THE COMPANY WILL NOT REGISTER
    THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES ON THE  BOOKS OF THE COMPANY
    UNLESS AND UNTIL THE TRANSFER HAS BEEN MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
    TERMS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT.  

    In addition, the parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to
    procure that such legend is removed from relevant stock and share
    certificates upon the expiry of such two year period (or if
    sooner, on the date on which this Agreement terminates).

27. Miscellaneous.

27.1     Notices  

    A notice or other communication under or in connection with this
    Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally
    or sent by pre-paid first class post recorded delivery (or
    recorded delivery air mail if overseas) or by fax to the party due
    to receive the notice or communication sent during normal business
    hours in the jurisdiction of the sender (with the sender receiving
    confirmation of receipt) at its address set out below (or fax
    number specified below) or another address or fax number specified
    by that party by written notice to the other. A notice or other
    communication is deemed given when actually received (as evidenced
    by the recorded delivery or the confirmation of receipt of fax).

    The addresses and fax numbers of the parties for the purposes of
    this Section 7.1 are as follows:
    (a)  if to the Purchaser:

         Carnival Corporation
         3655 NW 87 Avenue
         Miami, Florida USA 33010

         Attention:         Howard S. Frank

         Telecopy:      (305) 471-4700

         with a copy to:

         Clifford Chance
         200 Aldersgate Street
         London EC1A 4JJ
         United Kingdom

         Attention:  Simon Burgess

         Telecopy:   (+44)-171-600-5555
    
         and

         Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
         1285 Avenue of the Americas
         New York, New York  10019-6064

         Attention:  James Dubin, Esq.

         Telecopy:   001-212-757-3990

    (b)  if to David Crossland:

         David Crossland
         Tower Hamlet
         Princess Tower Road
         Hougue Bie
         St Saviours
         Jersey JE2 7UA

         Telecopy: 01534 854311

         with a copy to:

         Mourant du Feu & Jeune
         PO Box 87
         22 Grenville Street
         St Helier
         Jersey JE4 8PX

              Attention:  Conrad Coutanche

         Telecopy:  01534 609333

27.2     Amendment and Waiver

    (i)  No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in
         exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate
         as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise
         of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or fur-
         ther exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right,
         power or remedy.  The remedies provided for herein are
         cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be
         available to the parties hereto at law, in equity or
         otherwise.

    (ii) Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any
         provision of this Agreement, any waiver of any provision
         of this Agreement, and any consent to any departure by
         any party from the terms of any provision of this
         Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided for
         herein, shall be effective (a) only if it is made or
         given in writing and signed by the Purchaser and the
         Existing Shareholder (and by any Permitted Transferees)
         and (b) only in the specific instance and for the
         specific purpose for which made or given.

27.3     Specific Performance

    The parties hereto intend that each of the parties have the right
    to seek damages or specific performance in the event that the
    other party hereto fails to perform such party's obligations
    hereunder.  Therefore, if any party shall institute any action or
    proceeding to enforce the provisions hereof, the party against
    whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives any claim
    or defense therein that the plaintiff party has an adequate remedy
    at law.

27.4     Headings

    The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference
    only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

27.5     Severability  

    If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the
    application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal
    or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity,
    legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other
    respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any
    way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or
    unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the
    remaining provisions hereof.

27.6     Entire Agreement

    This Agreement, together with the exhibits hereto, is intended by
    the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended
    to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and
    understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
    matter contained herein and therein.  There are no restrictions,
    promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth
    or referred to herein or therein.  This Agreement supersedes all
    prior agreements and understandings between the parties with
    respect to such subject matter.

27.7     Term of Agreement

    This Agreement shall terminate in the event that the obligations
    of the Existing Shareholder and Thomas Trickett under paragraphs
    4.1 to 4.4 of the irrevocable undertakings of even date herewith
    given by them to the Purchaser are terminated pursuant to
    paragraph 4.5 thereof and this Agreement shall, provided that it
    shall not have terminated as aforesaid, become effective upon the
    Closing Date and shall be of no effect prior to that time. 
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Closing Date does not occur
    prior to May 30, 1996, this Agreement shall terminate. After the
    effectiveness of this Agreement, (i) this Agreement shall
    terminate if the Purchaser and its permitted transferees under the
    Subscription Agreement (the "Purchaser Transferees") own less than
    13,333,333 of the Ordinary Shares acquired by the Purchaser in the
    Share Subscription, the Partial Offers and the Share Purchase
    (taking full account of any sub-division and/or consolidation of
    the ordinary share capital of the Company, or any issue by the
    Company by way of capitalisation of reserves, after the date of
    this Agreement) and (ii) Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 and 3 of this
    Agreement shall terminate if the Purchaser and the Purchaser
    Transferees own less than 26,666,666 of the Ordinary Shares
    acquired by the Purchaser in the Share Subscription, the Partial
    Offers and the Share Purchase (taking full account of any sub-division 
    and/or consolidation of the ordinary share capital of the
    Company, or any issue by the Company by way of capitalisation of
    reserves, after the date of this Agreement).

27.8     Variations in Pronouns

    All pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine,
    feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the context may
    require.

27.9     Governing Law  

    This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
    English law.

27.10    Jurisdiction and Venue. 

    (i)  The courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to
         hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings, and to
         settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection
         with this Agreement (respectively, "Proceedings" and
         "Disputes") and, for these purposes, each party irrevocably
         submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
         England.

    (ii) Each party irrevocably waives any objection which it
         might at any time have to the courts of England being
         nominated as the forum to hear and decide any Proceedings
         and to settle any Disputes and agrees not to claim that
         the courts of England are not a convenient or appropriate
         forum.

    (iii)     Process by which any proceedings are begun in England may
              be served on the Purchaser by being personally delivered
              to Clifford Chance, 200 Aldersgate Street, London EC1A
              4JJ marked for the attention of Simon G.F. Burgess. 
              Process by which any proceedings are begun in England may
              be served on the Existing Shareholder by being personally
              delivered to Addleshaw Sons & Latham, Dennis House,
              Marsden Street, Manchester M2 1JD marked for the
              attention of Paul A. Lee.  Nothing contained in this
              Section 7.10 affects the right to serve process in
              another matter permitted by law.

27.11    Further Assurances

    Each of the parties shall execute such instruments and take such
    action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions
    hereof and the transactions contemplated hereby.  

27.12    Successors and Assigns

    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
    the parties and their respective successors, heirs, legatees and
    legal representatives.  Without the consent of each of the
    parties, this Agreement is not assignable except in connection
    with a transfer of Shares by the Existing Shareholder to a
    Permitted Transferee or by the Purchaser to any permitted assignee
    of the benefit of the Subscription Agreement.

27.13    Counterparts

    This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each
    of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken
    together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused
to be executed, this Agreement on the date first written above.

CARNIVAL CORPORATION
By:/s/ Howard S.  Frank
Name:
Title:

/s/ David S.  Crossland
DAVID CROSSLAND

                                                                 
                     DATED 21 FEBRUARY, 1996






                        (1) CARNIVAL CORPORATION

                        (2) AIRTOURS PLC






           ____________________________________________

                      SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

           ____________________________________________







                        Clifford Chance
                        200 Aldersgate Street
                        London EC1A 4JJ

                        Tel: (0171) 600 1000
                        Fax: (0171) 6000 5555
                        Ref: SGFB/C3976/24/CWB
                            
 CONTENTS
                                                             PAGE

1.  INTERPRETATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

2.  THE OFFERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

3.  CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

4.  COMPANY/PURCHASER UNDERTAKINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6

5.  COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

6.  SHARE RIGHTS/DIRECTOR RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

8.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

9.  STANDSTILL PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

10. TERMINATION OF RESTRICTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

11. SECURITIES PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

12. ANNOUNCEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

13. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

14. ASSIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

15. NON COMPETE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

16. NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

17. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

18. COUNTERPARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

SCHEDULES
Schedule 1 - Conditions
Schedule 2 - Warranties
Schedule 3 - Provisions for the protection of the Company
Agreed Form Document - Press Release

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 21st day of February, 1996 between:-

1.  CARNIVAL CORPORATION a corporation registered in Panama
    having its principal place of business at 3655 NW 87th
    Avenue, Miami, Florida, USA (" the Purchaser").

2.  AIRTOURS PLC a limited liability company registered in
    England and Wales (Registered no 742748) and having its
    registered office at Parkway Three, Parkway Business Centre,
    300 Princess Road, Manchester M14 7QU ("the Company").

WHEREAS

(A) The Purchaser wishes to acquire 40 million Ordinary Shares in
    the capital of the Company through making a partial offer for
    up to 20 million Ordinary Shares and subscribing for 20
    million new Ordinary Shares.

(B) The purpose of this agreement is to regulate such
    transactions which will be made on the basis of and
    subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set out.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

28. INTERPRETATION
28.1     In this Agreement:-

    "the Act" means the Companies Act 1985;

    "the Code" means The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers;

    "Company Group" means the Company, its subsidiaries and subsidiary
    undertakings;

    "Completion" means Completion of the obligations of the parties
    hereto in accordance with Clause 5;

    "Completion Date" means the date on which Completion takes place;

    "the Conditions" means the matters on which Completion is
    conditional and which are set out in Schedule 1 hereto;

    "Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company;

    "Disclosure Information" means:

    (a)  all information contained in the documents listed in the
         Index marked "A" and the Index marked "B", copies of which
         have been initialled by or on behalf of the Purchaser and the
         Company;

    (b)  all information contained in the notes of meetings held
         between representatives of the Company (or its advisers) and
         representatives of the Purchaser (or its advisers) which
         notes have been initialled by or on behalf of the Purchaser
         and the Company and are contained in the bundle marked "C";

    (c)  all information contained in copy documentation/files made
         available for inspection by the Purchaser and its advisers at
         the offices of the Company's auditors, Grant Thornton; and

    (d)  all information supplied verbally to the Purchaser and its
         advisers by any partner or professional employee of Grant
         Thornton;

    "Forms of Acceptance and Election" means the combined forms
    pursuant to which shareholders in the Company can accept the
    Ordinary Offer and the Preference Offer respectively and also
    elect to receive cash instead of new Common Stock in the Purchaser
    by way of consideration;

    "Involuntary Transfer" has the meaning given to it in the
    Shareholders' Agreement;

    "Listing Particulars" means the document which will be published
    by the Company in connection with the Subscription and comprising
    listing particulars in accordance with the Listing Rules;  

    "Listing Rules" means the rules made by the London Stock Exchange
    pursuant to Section 142 of the Financial Services Act 1986;

    "the London Stock Exchange" means London Stock Exchange Limited; 
    

    "the Offers" means the Ordinary Offer and the Preference Offer; 
    

    "the Offer Document" means the document making the Offers and
    incorporating the Listing Particulars;

    "the Ordinary Offer" means the partial offer to be made by or on
    behalf of the Purchaser for up to 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares upon
    the terms and subject to the conditions set out or referred to in
    the Press Release;  

    "Ordinary Shares" means Ordinary Shares of 10p each in the
    Company;

    "Ordinary Share Equivalents" means any security or obligation
    which is by its terms convertible into Ordinary Shares and any
    option, warrant or other subscription or purchase right with
    respect to Ordinary Shares (including, without limitation, the
    Preference Shares and the Airtours plc Share Option Scheme (1986)
    or the Airtours plc Savings Related Share Option Scheme);

    "Person"  means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership,
    limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated
    association, joint venture, joint stock company, governmental body
    or other entity of any kind;

    "the Preference Offer" means the partial offer to be made by or
    on behalf of the Purchaser for up to 8,758,612 Preference Shares
    upon the terms and subject to the conditions set out in the Press
    Release; 

    "Preference Shares" means Convertible Cumulative Preference Shares
    of 20p each in the Company;

    "Press Release" means the Press Release in the agreed form annexed
    hereto as Annex A giving details of the Offers and the
    Subscription;

    "Purchaser Group" means the Purchaser, its subsidiaries and
    subsidiary undertakings;

    "Shareholders' Agreement" means the shareholders' agreement dated
    the date hereof between the Purchaser and David Crossland;

    "Shares" means all Ordinary Shares and Ordinary Share Equivalents
    held by the Purchaser, whether acquired pursuant to the
    Subscription, the Ordinary Offer or the Share Purchase or
    thereafter acquired (and including any other shares in the capital
    of the Company into which such Ordinary Shares may at any time be
    converted and also including any shares in the capital of the
    Company arising from the same by reason of any sub-division and/or
    consolidation of such Ordinary Shares or by reason of any issue
    of shares in the Company by way of capitalisation of reserves);

    "the Share Purchase" means the acquisition of additional Ordinary
    Shares by the Purchaser and their sale by David Crossland and
    Thomas Trickett pursuant to paragraph 13 of the Undertakings;

    "the Special Resolution" means the Resolution to be proposed to
    the shareholders of the Company to increase the authorised share
    capital of the Company, to grant the Directors authority pursuant
    to Section 80 of the Act and to authorise the Directors to make
    certain allotments (including the allotment of the Subscription
    Shares to the Purchaser) without complying with the pre-emption
    provisions set out in Section 89 of the Act;

    "the Subscription" means the subscription by the Purchaser for the
    Subscription Shares pursuant to the terms hereof;

    "the Subscription Shares" means the 20,000,000 new Ordinary Shares
    of 10p each in the Company to be subscribed by the Purchaser
    pursuant to the Subscription;

    "Warranty" means a statement contained in Schedule 2 and
    "Warranties" means all those statements;

    "the Undertakings" means the irrevocable undertakings of even date
    herewith given by each of David Crossland and Thomas Trickett to
    the Purchaser in connection with the Offers and the Share
    Purchase;

    "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means, in relation to the Purchaser, any
    subsidiary of the Purchaser all of whose voting securities are
    owned directly or indirectly by the Purchaser and, in relation to
    the Company, any subsidiary of the Company all of whose voting
    securities are owned directly or indirectly by the Company;

28.2     In this Agreement, a reference to:-

    28.2.1    a "subsidiary undertaking" or "parent undertaking" is to
              be construed in accordance with Section 258 of the Act
              and a "subsidiary" or "holding company" is to be
              construed in accordance with section 736 of the Act;

    28.2.2    a document in the "agreed form" is a reference to a
              document in a form approved and for the purposes of
              identification signed by or on behalf of each party or in
              another form as may be agreed by or on behalf of each
              party;

    28.2.3    a statutory provision includes a reference to the
              statutory provision as modified or re-enacted or both
              from time to time before the date of this Agreement and
              any subordinate legislation made under the statutory
              provision before the date of this Agreement;

    28.2.4    a person includes a reference to a body corporate,
              association or partnership;

    28.2.5    a clause or schedule, unless the context requires
              otherwise, is a reference to a clause of or a schedule to
              this Agreement.

28.3     The headings in this Agreement do not affect its
         interpretation.

29. THE OFFERS
    Within 28 days of the date hereof (or by such later date as the
    Panel on Takeovers and Mergers may agree) the Purchaser will post
    the Offer Document (together with the Forms of Acceptance and
    Election) to the holders of Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares. 
    The Offer Document shall be accompanied by a circular from the
    Company incorporating a Notice convening an Extraordinary General
    Meeting of the Company to be held on the first closing date of the
    Ordinary Offer and at which the Special Resolution will be
    proposed.  

30. CONDITIONS
30.1     Completion is conditional on the Conditions being satisfied,
         or being waived as hereinafter permitted, on or before 30th
         May 1996 or such later date as may be agreed between the
         parties.

30.2     The Purchaser and the Company shall make all reasonable
         efforts to achieve satisfaction of each of the conditions as
         soon as reasonably possible and if at any time either of them
         becomes aware of a matter which might prevent a condition
         being satisfied it shall immediately inform the other.

30.3     At any time the Purchaser may waive either of Conditions 5
         and 8 by notice to the Company and the Purchaser and the
         Company jointly may agree to waive either of Conditions 6 and
         7.  The Purchaser may at any time waive Condition 6 without
         the agreement of the Company provided that it has been
         established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company
         that neither the lack of any such authorisation, order,
         grant, recognition, confirmation, consent, clearance,
         licence, permission, exemption or approval as are referred to
         in that Condition, nor any other matter arising in respect of
         or as a result of the Offers and/or the Share Purchase and/or
         the Subscription, will entitle any government, governmental,
         quasi-governmental, supranational, statutory or regulatory
         body, trade agency, professional body, association,
         institution, environmental body or court to make any order or
         take any other action requiring any member of the Company
         Group to take, or refrain from taking, any action, which
         action or refraining from action would in the Company's
         opinion have an adverse effect on any member of the Company
         Group. If all the Conditions have not either been satisfied
         or so waived on or before 30 May 1996, or such later date as
         may be agreed between the parties, then this Agreement shall
         automatically cease and determine (save for the provisions of
         Clause 13) and neither party hereto shall have any claim
         against the other save in respect of any liability then
         accrued due.

31. COMPANY/PURCHASER UNDERTAKINGS
31.1     The Company hereby undertakes to the Purchaser that:-

31.1.1   to the extent applicable, the Company and the Purchaser
         shall forthwith make all filings and furnish all
         information required with respect to the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement by the Hart-Scott-Rodino
         Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the "HSR Act") and
         any other foreign antitrust laws and shall use all
         reasonable endeavours to obtain the early termination of
         the waiting period under the HSR Act and all other
         required approvals under foreign antitrust laws provided
         however that no member of the Company Group or of the
         Purchaser Group shall be required to agree to dispose of
         or hold separate any portion of its business or assets;

31.1.2   prior to Completion neither the Company nor any of its
         subsidiaries nor subject to their fiduciary duties any of
         the respective officers and directors of the Company or
         any of its subsidiaries shall, and the Company shall use
         all reasonable endeavours to cause its employees, agents
         and representatives (including, without limitation, any
         investment banker, attorney or accountant retained by the
         Company or any of its subsidiaries) not save as required
         by law, or the rules of the London Stock Exchange or the
         Code to, (i) initiate, solicit or encourage directly or
         indirectly, any enquiries or the making of any proposal
         or offer (including, without limitation, any proposal or
         offer to shareholders of the Company) with respect to a
         merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving,
         or any purchase of any shares of, the Company or any
         purchase of any of the assets of the Company or any of
         its subsidiaries having a value in excess of L25 million
         (or the shares of entities holding the same) (any such
         proposal or offer being hereinafter referred to as an
         "Acquisition Proposal", except that "Acquisition
         Proposal" shall not include any transaction between the
         Purchaser and the Company or the Company and a Wholly
         Owned Subsidiary of the Company or among the Company's
         Wholly Owned Subsidiaries) or (ii) engage in any
         negotiations concerning, or provide any confidential
         information or data to, or have any discussions with, any
         person relating to an Acquisition Proposal, or (iii)
         otherwise facilitate directly or indirectly any effort or
         attempt to make or implement an Acquisition Proposal. 
         The Company will immediately cease and cause to be
         terminated any existing discussions or negotiations with
         any parties conducted to-date with respect to any
         Acquisition Proposal.  The Company will take the
         necessary steps to inform its directors of the
         obligations undertaken in this Clause 4.1.2.  The Company
         will promptly notify the Purchaser if any such enquiries
         or proposals are received by it or any such negotiations
         or discussions are sought to be initiated or continued. 
         Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit the
         Company, its subsidiaries and its respective officers and
         directors from (A) doing any of the foregoing with
         respect to asset sales or sales of securities in the
         ordinary course of business or (B) recommending its
         shareholders to vote in favour of the Special Resolution; 

31.1.3   if the Company receives (i) a general offer made by a
         third party to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary
         share capital of the Company (other than Ordinary Shares
         already held by such third party or persons acting in
         concert with it) which is unanimously recommended by the
         Directors, on terms which represent (in the opinion of
         the Directors) an improvement on the value of the
         Ordinary Offer as at the date on which a firm intention
         to make such general offer is announced (a "Competing
         Offer") or (ii) an offer or approach which the Directors
         unanimously believe could be or may become a Competing
         Offer or lead to the Person making such approach (or on
         whose behalf such approach is made) making a Competing
         Offer, the Company may engage in the activities described
         in Clause 4.1.2.  The Company will promptly inform the
         Purchaser if any enquiries or proposals with respect to
         a Competing Offer (or any such offer or approach as
         described in (ii) above) are received by it, any such
         information is requested from it, or any such
         negotiations or discussions are sought to be initiated or
         continued;  

31.1.4   the Company will provide Micky Arison and Howard S. Frank
         and their professional advisers with all such information
         concerning the Company Group as they shall reasonably
         require for the purpose of satisfying themselves as to
         the accuracy and completeness of the Listing Particulars;

4.1.5    So long as the Purchaser (or any member of the Purchaser
         Group, which is also a permitted assignee pursuant to clause
         14 hereof) owns at least 10% of the ordinary share capital of
         the Company in issue from time to time (or, in the case of
         clause 4.1.5.2 only, at least 5% of such ordinary share
         capital during any tax year) the Company hereby agrees that
         it shall provide the Purchaser, as soon as reasonably
         practicable following receipt of a request from the
         Purchaser, but in any event no later than the date reasonably
         requested by the Purchaser, with such financial statements or
         financial, tax and other information as are necessary in
         order to enable the Purchaser to prepare and/or file:

    4.1.5.1   any annual reports, quarterly reports, registration
              statements or other documents that it is required to file
              with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("the SEC")
              or any other regulator in the Unites States, its being 
              agreed by the Company that nothing in this clause 4.1.5
              shall prevent the Purchaser entering into or proposing to
              enter into any agreement, transaction or arrangement on
              a purely voluntary basis and that if any such agreement,
              transaction or arrangement into which the Purchaser
              enters or proposes to enter gives rise to a requirement
              on the part of the Purchaser to file a document with the
              SEC or any other regulator in the United States, the
              provisions of this clause shall apply notwithstanding the
              fact that there was no requirement for the Purchaser to
              enter into or propose to enter into such agreement,
              transaction or arrangement;

    4.1.5.2   any tax returns or other forms required to be filed
              (including any required to be filed pursuant to any
              election for tax purposes made under any law or
              regulation) with any tax authority having jurisdiction
              over any member of the Purchaser Group or any of the
              principal stockholders of the Purchaser or any Purchaser
              Director.

4.1.6    The Company acknowledges and agrees that after the Closing
         Date and so long as the Purchaser (or any member of the
         Purchaser Group which is also a permitted assignee pursuant
         to clause 14 hereof), owns at least 10% of the ordinary share
         capital of the Company:

    4.1.6.1   all financial statements or information provided by it
              under Clause 4.1.5 shall be conformed, in such manner as
              shall be advised to the Company by the Purchaser from
              time to time (or in the absence of any such advice from
              the Purchaser in such manner as shall be determined by
              the Company or advised to the Company by its auditors) so
              as to be in accordance with United States generally
              accepted accounting principles (any disbursement cost
              incurred by the Company, including to its auditors, in so
              conforming such financial statements or information to be
              borne by the Purchaser) it being agreed between the
              parties that if the Purchaser disagrees with the
              interpretation of the requirements of US GAAP advised to
              the Company by its auditors, the Company shall in respect
              of future financial statements or information carry out
              such conforming in accordance with the interpretation of
              the requirements of US GAAP advised to the Company by the
              Purchaser (and shall, to the extent necessary, reconform
              any financial statements or information previously
              supplied for inclusion in any filing which the Purchaser
              is to make with the SEC), but the Company shall not be
              deemed to have breached the provisions of this clause
              4.1.6 in respect of the financial statements or
              information supplied prior to receipt of such advice from
              the Purchaser;

    4.1.6.2   if required by law or regulation applicable to the
              Purchaser or if requested by the SEC or any other
              regulator having jurisdiction over the Purchaser, the
              Company shall use its best endeavours to procure that
              there is provided an audit report from its auditors and
              a consent from its auditors to the SEC or such other
              regulator, any costs of such auditors in relation thereto
              to be borne by the Purchaser;

    4.1.6.3   if required by the underwriter or underwriters in a
              public offering of the Purchaser's securities, the
              Company shall use its best endeavours to cause its
              auditors to provide to such underwriter or underwriters
              and to the Purchaser a customary "comfort letter", any
              costs of such auditors in relation thereto to be borne by
              the Purchaser; and 

    4.1.6.4   if required by the Purchaser, the Company shall use all
              reasonable endeavours to procure that the independent
              accountants of the Purchaser are given access, upon
              reasonable prior notice, to inspect the audit working
              papers of the Company's auditors
  
4.1.7    If the Company's auditors fail to provide the Purchaser's
         independent accountants with access to its working papers or
         fail to provide any of the materials described in sub-clauses
         4.1.6.2 and 4.1.6.3 above, then the Company agrees to provide
         to the Purchaser's independent accountants access to its
         records (financial and otherwise) so that the Purchaser's
         independent accountants can review or audit any financial
         statements or information provided by the Company under
         clauses 4.1.5 and 4.1.6 or provide any of the materials
         described in sub-clauses 4.1.6.2 and 4.1.6.3 above.  If the
         Company appoints new auditors, it agrees that it shall inform
         such auditors of the provisions of these clauses 4.1.5 to
         4.1.7 and seek to secure their confirmation that, as of the
         date of their appointment and based upon then current law and
         regulations, they would be able to comply with any request of
         the Purchaser under sub-clauses 4.1.6.2 to 4.1.6.4.

31.2     The Purchaser hereby undertakes to the Company that, as soon
         as reasonably practicable, it shall provide such information
         as the Company shall reasonably request for inclusion in the
         Listing Particulars or in any other document or announcement
         required by the Listing Rules, the Act or the Financial
         Services Act 1986 to be published or made by the Company in
         connection with the Offers and/or the Subscription.  

32. COMPLETION
32.1     Completion shall take place at the registered office of the
         Company or at such other address as may be agreed between the
         parties contemporaneously with the satisfaction (or waiver)
         of the last of the Conditions when:-

    32.1.1    the Purchaser will subscribe for the Subscription Shares
              in cash at a price of 500p per share upon and subject to
              the terms of the Company's Memorandum and Articles of
              Association (and in the event of any failure by the
              Purchaser so to do the Company is hereby authorised to
              treat this Agreement as an application by the Purchaser
              to subscribe for the Subscription Shares in accordance
              with the terms hereof at 500p in cash per share payable
              in full on allotment) and by electronic transfer to the
              bank account nominated by the Company pay the aggregate
              subscription price therefor amounting to L100,000,000;

    32.1.2    the Directors will allot and issue the Subscription
              Shares, register the Purchaser as the holder thereof in
              the Company's register of members and deliver a share
              certificate for the Subscription Shares to the Purchaser;

    32.1.3    Mr Micky Arison and Mr Howard S. Frank will be appointed
              Directors of the Company; 

    32.1.4    the Purchaser shall deliver to the Company the notice
              required pursuant to sections 198 to 203 of the Act in
              respect of its interest in the Company and shall procure
              the delivery to the Company by each of the individuals
              referred to in clause 5.1.3 of:

         32.1.4.1  the notice (if any) required from each of them
                   pursuant to sections 324 to 328 of the Act in
                   respect of their respective interests in the
                   Company; and 

         32.1.4.2  Form 288, duly completed and signed by such
                   individual so as to indicate his consent to his
                   appointment as a director of the Company.  

32.2     The parties shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure
         that the last Condition (save for condition 3) is satisfied
         (or waived) on a closing date of the Ordinary Offer and that
         condition 3 is satisfied on the next following business day.

32.3     In the event that the Purchaser shall fail to pay the
         subscription monies referred to in clause 5.1 in full on the
         date fixed for the Completion in accordance with Clause 5.1,
         the Company shall have the right by notice to the Purchaser
         served on the Completion Date to rescind this Agreement
         whereupon each party's rights and obligations hereunder shall
         automatically cease and determine (other than in respect of
         Clause 13) and (save aforesaid) neither party hereto shall
         have any claim against the other save in respect of any
         liability then accrued due.

33. SHARE RIGHTS/DIRECTOR RIGHTS
33.1     The Subscription Shares shall be issued free from all liens,
         charges and encumbrances and as from their date of allotment
         and issue they shall rank pari passu in all respects with the
         Ordinary Shares then in issue.

33.2     The Purchaser shall have the right to nominate two Directors
         for appointment to the Board of Directors of the Company for
         so long as it owns Ordinary Shares representing at least 20%
         of the ordinary share capital in issue from time to time and
         the Purchaser owns Ordinary Shares which (taking full account
         of any subdivision or consolidation of the ordinary share
         capital of the Company, or any issue by the Company by way of
         capitalisation of reserves after the date of this Agreement)
         represent at least 75% of the aggregate number of Ordinary
         Shares acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to the Ordinary
         Offer, the Subscription and the Share Purchase.  Subject to
         the other provisions of this Clause 6.2, the Purchaser's
         rights under the preceding sentence shall continue if the
         Purchaser owns Ordinary Shares representing less than 20% of
         the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue from time
         to time if such percentage falls below 20% solely by reason
         of the Purchaser not participating in any issue of Ordinary
         Shares by the Company which is not made available to the
         Purchaser (a "Restricted Share Offer").  The rights of the
         Purchaser under the first sentence of this Clause 6.2 shall
         continue to apply, but in respect of only one Director if
         either (a) the Purchaser's percentage ownership of the
         ordinary share capital of the Company falls below 20% other
         than solely by reason of the Purchaser not participating in
         a Restricted Share Offer or (b) if such percentage ownership
         falls below 15% for any reason.  Once the Purchaser's
         percentage ownership in the ordinary share capital of the
         Company has fallen below 15%, other than solely by reason of
         the Purchaser not participating in a Restricted Share Offer,
         or below 10% for any reason, the rights of the Purchaser
         under this Clause 6.2 shall be extinguished.

33.3     The Company shall each take all necessary steps to appoint
         and (save as provided below) maintain on the Board of the
         Company the individual or individuals which the Purchaser is
         entitled to nominate for appointment.  The directors so
         nominated as at Completion shall be the two individuals
         referred to in clause 5.1.3.  The identity of any alternative
         individuals to be so nominated shall be subject to the
         approval of the Company which shall not be unreasonably
         withheld or delayed.  The Company shall not be obliged
         hereunder to maintain (or seek to maintain) on the Board of
         the Company (or to seek to procure reinstatement on such
         Board of) an individual whose office as a director of the
         Company is vacated pursuant to the Articles of Association of
         the Company or in respect of whom a resolution of the Company
         in General Meeting removing him from such office is passed or
         a resolution of the Company in General Meeting in relation to
         his appointment or re-appointment as a director fails to be
         passed.  The Purchaser shall procure, if there is any
         reduction or extinguishing of its rights pursuant to Clause
         6.2, that one or both (as the case may be) of its nominated
         individuals resigns forthwith from the Board of Directors of
         the Company and shall also procure that if it nominates an
         alternative individual for appointment to such Board, the
         nominated individual which such individual is to replace
         resigns forthwith from such Board.  Any resignation which the
         Purchaser is to procure pursuant to this Clause 6.3 shall be
         in writing, executed as a deed and shall contain an
         irrevocable and unconditional waiver from the resigning
         individual of any claim which he has, or may have, against
         the Company solely in connection with such resignation.  

33.4     For so long as the Company is not a subsidiary of another
         Person, the Purchaser shall not exercise any voting rights it
         may have in the Company in relation to or on any resolution
         which refers or relates to action taken or proposed to be
         taken by any of the Company's subsidiaries which holds an air
         carrier operating licence (as defined in Article 2(c) of
         Council Regulation No. 2407/92/EC) issued by a Member State
         of the European Community ("Relevant Subsidiary") except
         those relating to:

    (a)  the amount and/or timing of any dividend or other
         distribution to be declared by the Relevant Subsidiary;

    (b)  alterations or amendments to the Relevant Subsidiary's
         articles of association;

    (c)  increases or reductions in the Relevant Subsidiary's issued
         share capital;

    (d)  any liquidation or winding-up of the Relevant Subsidiary;

    (e)  any acquisition or disposal by the Relevant Subsidiary of any
         shares or other securities in another Person, other than in
         the ordinary course of the Relevant Subsidiary's business;

    (f)  any amalgamation of the Relevant Subsidiary with another
         Person;

    (g)  the incurring by the Relevant Subsidiary of indebtedness of
         a nominal amount exceeding in any one case US$ 100 million
         (and for the avoidance of doubt the incurring of indebtedness
         on or in relation to separate transactions shall not for this
         purpose be aggregated).

33.5     In connection with any change to the capital structure of a
         Relevant Subsidiary with a view to establishing contingency
         arrangements to meet the circumstances of majority ownership
         of a Relevant Subsidiary ceasing to be vested in EU nationals
         (as referred to in the letter of 2 February, 1996 from the
         Civil Aviation Authority addressed to the Company) the
         Company shall, so far as reasonably practicable:

    (a)  supply drafts of the documentation proposed to effect such
         change, together with details of the proposed shareholders or
         investors in such changed capital structure, to the Purchaser
         and give due consideration to any reasonable comments of the
         Purchaser in relation thereto made during a reasonable period
         after the supply of such drafts; and

    (b)  notify the Purchaser in advance of any intention on the part
         of the Company to implement such change and give due
         consideration to any reasonable comments of the Purchaser in
         relation thereto made during a reasonable period after such
         notification.

    Provided that nothing in this Clause 6.5 shall prevent the Company
    implementing any such change if it considers that such is in the
    best interests of the Company Group.

34. WARRANTIES
34.1     At the date of this Agreement, the Company hereby warrants to
         the Purchaser in the terms of Schedule 2.  For the avoidance
         of doubt the Warranties shall not be or be deemed to be
         repeated at any time after the date of this Agreement.

34.2     The Company acknowledges that the Purchaser is entering into
         this Agreement in reliance on each Warranty which has also
         been given as a representation and with the intention of
         inducing the Purchaser to enter into this Agreement.

34.3     If, on or before the date of Completion, the Purchaser
         considers that the Company is in breach of a Warranty and the
         Purchaser has a bona fide belief that, were this Agreement to
         proceed to Completion, such breach would give rise to a claim
         by the Purchaser for damages exceeding L15 million, and the
         Purchaser delivers to the Company an opinion of Queen's
         Counsel to the effect that, were this Agreement to proceed to
         Completion, such breach would give rise to a claim by the
         Purchaser which would, on the balance of probabilities,
         result in an award of damages in favour of the Purchaser in
         a sum exceeding L15 million ("the Opinion"), the Purchaser
         may by notice (given at any time after the delivery of the
         Opinion, but before Completion) to the Company elect to
         terminate this Agreement whereupon each parties rights and
         obligations under this Clause 7 and all other clauses of this
         agreement (other than clause 13) including accrued rights and
         obligations at the date of termination, cease and determine
         immediately such that, for the avoidance of doubt, the
         Purchaser shall have no claim against the Company in respect
         of the breach of Warranty giving rise to such termination. 
         If the Purchaser becomes aware prior to Completion of any
         breach of Warranty which would entitle it to terminate this
         Agreement pursuant to this Clause 7.3, and the Purchaser
         proceeds to Completion, the Company shall have no liability
         to the Purchaser in respect of such breach.

34.4     The Warranties shall not in any respect be extinguished or
         affected by Completion.

34.5     The Purchaser hereby confirms to the Company that having read
         the Disclosure Information or been made aware verbally by a
         partner or professional employee of Grant Thornton in the
         case of Disclosure Information supplied by it the Purchaser
         has no actual knowledge, at the date hereof, of any fact or
         circumstance which would entitle it to make a claim for
         breach of the Warranties.

34.6     The Purchaser hereby acknowledges that it does not enter into
         this Agreement in reliance on any warranties,
         representations, undertakings, covenants or indemnities
         (express or implied) howsoever or to whomsoever made except
         those arising pursuant to the Undertakings, the Shareholders
         Agreement or the Warranties.

34.7     The provisions of Schedule 3 shall apply as if set out
         herein.

35. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES
35.1     Prior to the second anniversary of the Completion Date, the
         Purchaser shall not sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge,
         charge, encumber, grant a lien or security interest in or
         otherwise transfer (whether by operation of law or otherwise)
         any Shares or any right, title or interest therein or thereto
         (including, without limitation, any beneficial interests or
         voting rights in the Shares)(each a "transfer"), except (i)
         in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) with the
         consent of the Company.  Any attempt to transfer any Shares
         or any rights thereunder in violation of this Clause shall be null
         and void ab initio.

35.2     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
         Agreement, the Purchaser may transfer any or all of its
         Shares to any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or any Person
         who acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the
         Purchaser (any Person to whom the Purchaser may so transfer
         Shares being referred to hereinafter as a "Permitted
         Transferees") provided that if any Permitted Transferee
         ceases to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary the Purchaser shall
         forthwith procure the re-transfer to the Purchaser or another
         Permitted Transferee of the Purchaser of all the Shares then
         held by the Permitted Transferee which ceases to be a Wholly
         Owned Subsidiary.

35.3     If the Purchaser wishes to transfer Shares under Clause 8.2,
         it shall give notice to the Company of its intention to make
         such transfer not less than seven (7) days prior to effecting
         such transfer, which notice shall state the name and address
         of each Permitted Transferee to whom such transfer is
         proposed and the number and class of Shares proposed to be
         transferred to such Permitted Transferee.  For the avoidance
         of doubt, the Ordinary Shares acquired by the Purchaser
         pursuant to the Subscription, the Offers and the Share
         Purchase shall not be transferred (or agreed to be
         transferred) to any Permitted Transferee within 7 days
         following the date upon which such Shares are registered in
         the name of the Purchaser.

35.4     No transfer may be made pursuant to Clause 8.2 unless the
         Permitted Transferee has agreed in writing in respect of the
         Shares so transferred to be bound by the terms and conditions
         of this Agreement.  With respect to any Shares transferred to
         a Permitted Transferee, the Permitted Transferee shall be
         substituted for, and enjoy the same rights and be subject to
         the same obligations in relation to the relevant Shares, as
         its predecessor hereunder.  

35.5     If, at any time on or after the second anniversary of the
         Completion Date (or at any time prior to that anniversary but
         after the occurrence of an event specified in Clause 10(b)),
         the Purchaser wishes to transfer or otherwise dispose of any
         Shares (other than to a Permitted Transferee in accordance
         with Clause 8.2), the Purchaser shall first notify the
         Company in writing of such intention and shall not enter into
         (or agree to enter into) such transfer or disposition until
         at least 15 days after the giving of such notice. During such
         15 day period, the Company may arrange for a Person or
         Persons to make an offer to purchase such Shares and the
         Purchaser and the Company agree to discuss such offer.  Under
         no circumstances shall the Purchaser be obligated to sell any
         of its Shares to such Person or Persons by virtue of this
         Clause 8.5.

35.6     Without complying with this Clause 8, the Purchaser may
         transfer any or all of its Shares pursuant to (a) a general
         offer, a tender offer or partial offer commenced by any
         Person which is unanimously recommended by the Directors, (b)
         a general offer made by any Person for the entire issued
         ordinary share capital of the Company (other than Ordinary
         Shares held by such Person or by Persons acting in concert
         with it) or (c) a merger, recapitalisation, reorganisation,
         scheme of arrangement, consolidation or similar transaction
         approved by the holders of Ordinary Shares.


36. STANDSTILL PROVISIONS
36.1     The Purchaser hereby undertakes to the Company that during
         the Standstill Period (as defined below) it will not,
         directly or indirectly, unless in any such case specifically
         requested in advance to do so by the Directors or required to
         do so by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, acquire any
         Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents or convert any
         Preference Shares such that the Purchaser (and any Person or
         Persons acting in concert, within the meaning of the Code,
         with the Purchaser) holds (or together hold) or exercises (or
         together exercise) the voting rights attached to more than
         29.9% of the issued Ordinary Shares, provided that the
         Purchaser shall not be in breach of this Clause 9.1 by virtue
         of the combined holding of the Purchaser and David Crossland
         exceeding 29.9% of the issued Ordinary Shares in
         circumstances where the Purchaser neither holds, nor
         exercises the voting rights attached to more than 29.9% of
         the issued Ordinary Shares.

36.2     Nothing in this Clause 9, shall preclude the Purchaser from
         acquiring any Ordinary Shares as a result of any subdivision
         and/or consolidation of the ordinary share capital of the
         Company or as a result of any issue of Ordinary Shares by way
         of capitalisation of reserves, (other than in circumstances
         where such Ordinary Shares are allotted in lieu of a cash
         dividend) or from acquiring any Preference Shares.

36.3     As used herein, the term "Standstill Period" shall mean the
         period from the Completion Date until the earlier to occur
         of:

    (i)  the first anniversary of the Completion Date; and

    (ii) without encouragement by or the participation of the
         Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group (a) the
         acquisition by any Person or Persons (other than the
         Purchaser or any member of the Purchaser Group) of, or
         the making of any general offer, tender offer or partial
         offer by any Person or Persons (other than the Purchaser
         or any member of the Purchaser Group) for, or the public
         announcement of a firm intention on the part of any
         Person or Persons (other than the Purchaser or any member
         of the Purchaser Group) which intention is not or has
         ceased to be subject to the satisfaction of any
         conditions to acquire (by any means), Ordinary Shares
         which, if added to the Ordinary Shares (if any) already
         owned by such Person or Persons would represent thirty
         percent (30%) or more of the total number of the
         outstanding Ordinary Shares in issue at the relevant
         time, (b) the receipt by any such Person or Persons of
         the Company's agreement or consent to make such an
         acquisition or (c) the Company publicly announcing its
         intent to enter into or its entering into an agreement to
         (i) merge, consolidate or otherwise combine with another
         Person or (ii) to sell all or substantially all of the
         assets or undertaking of the Company.

36.4     The Company undertakes to give the Purchaser at least five
         days prior written notice of any proposed issue or issues of
         equity securities (or securities convertible into equity
         securities or the conversion of such securities into equity
         securities) with an aggregate nominal value which will exceed
         (or which, on conversion would exceed) 1% of the aggregate
         nominal value of the ordinary share capital of the Company in
         issue on the date of such notification, the Purchaser hereby
         acknowledging that such notification need not be in writing
         if the proposed issue or issues is/are discussed at a meeting
         of the Directors at which either or both of the Directors
         nominated by the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 6 are present.

36.5     The Company undertakes to the Purchaser that, at any time
         when the Purchaser has the right pursuant to Clause 6.2 to
         nominate for appointment at least one director of the
         Company, it will not without the prior written consent of the
         Purchaser, propose any resolution (other than the Special
         Resolution) at any shareholders' meeting to disapply the pre-emption
         provisions set out in section 89 of the Act other
         than any such disapplication ("a Permitted Disapplication")
         which relates only to the period until the expiry of the next
         following Annual General Meeting of the Company (or, if
         sooner, the expiry of 15 months after the date of passing of
         such special resolution) and is limited to the allotment of
         equity securities in connection with a rights issue (as
         defined in the Notice of the 1996 Annual General Meeting of
         the Company) and/or the allotment (otherwise than in
         connection with a rights issue) of equity securities up to an
         aggregate nominal amount which does not exceed 5% of the
         aggregate nominal amount of the issued ordinary share capital
         of the Company on the date such special resolution is passed. 
         

37. TERMINATION OF RESTRICTIONS  
    Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, (a) the
    restrictions applicable to the Purchaser in Clauses 8.1, 8.5 and
    9 shall terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the failure to
    elect any Directors designated by the Purchaser as a result of a
    breach of Clause 6.3 of this Agreement by the Company or (ii) the
    breach by David Crossland of the Shareholders' Agreement or (iii)
    an order being made or resolution passed, or a petition being
    presented (which is not discharged dismissed or withdrawn within
    30 days after its presentation and in respect of which the Company
    fails to deliver to the Purchaser within such 30 day period an
    opinion of Queens Counsel to the effect that the same is frivolous
    or vexatious or represents an abuse of process), for the winding
    up of the Company or the appointment of a provisional liquidator
    to the Company or for an administration order in respect of the
    Company, or a receiver being appointed of the whole or part of the
    Company's business or assets or a voluntary arrangement being
    proposed under section 1 of the Insolvency Act 1986 or section 425
    of the Act in respect of the Company, and (b) the restrictions
    applicable to the Purchaser in Clauses 8.1 and 9 shall terminate
    on the earlier to occur of (i) David Crossland ceasing to be
    "Chief Executive" or "Executive Chairman" of the Company or (ii)
    one or more Involuntary Transfers occurring in which more than 1%
    of the issued Ordinary Shares are transferred.

38. SECURITIES PROVISIONS
38.1     All of the provisions of Clauses 8, 9, 10 and 11 of this
         Agreement shall apply to all of the Shares now owned or which
         may be issued or transferred hereafter to the Purchaser
         whether in consequence of the Subscription, the Partial
         Offers or the Share Purchase or in consequence of any
         additional issuance, rights offering, purchase, exchange or
         reclassification of any of the Shares (including without
         limitation, upon the exercise of any option or warrant),
         corporate reorganization, or any other form of
         recapitalisation, consolidation, merger, share split or share
         dividend, or which are acquired by the Purchaser in any other
         manner.

38.2     A copy of this Agreement shall be filed with the secretary of
         the Company and kept with the records of the Company.  Each
         certificate representing Shares now held or hereafter
         acquired by the Purchaser shall, for so long as this
         Agreement is effective, bear a legend substantially in the
         following form:

    THE SALE, ASSIGNMENT, HYPOTHECATION, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER
    DISPOSITION (EACH A "TRANSFER") OF ANY OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED
    BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE RESTRICTED BY THE TERMS OF THE
    SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, DATED FEBRUARY 21, 1996 (THE "SUBSCRIPTION
    AGREEMENT"), AMONG CARNIVAL CORPORATION AND AIRTOURS PLC (THE
    "COMPANY"), A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE COMPANY'S
    REGISTERED OFFICE.  

39. ANNOUNCEMENTS
39.1     Subject to Clause 12.2, neither party may, before or after
         Completion, make or send a public announcement, communication
         or circular concerning the transactions referred to in this
         Agreement unless it has first obtained the written consent of
         the other parties, which may not be unreasonably withheld or
         delayed.

39.2      Clause 12.1 does not apply to:

    39.2.1    a public announcement, communication or circular required
              by law or a regulation of a stock exchange, if the party
              required to make or send it has, if practicable, first
              consulted with and given due consideration to the
              reasonable requirements of the other party; or

    39.2.2    a public announcement communication or circular which
              does no more than repeat information previously published
              by either of the parties without contravention of clause
              12.1.  

40. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
40.1     Before and after Completion the Purchaser and the Company
         shall:

    40.1.1    not use or disclose to a person Confidential Information
              regarding the other which it has or acquires; and

    40.1.2    make every effort to prevent the use or disclosure of
              Confidential Information belonging to the other.

40.2     The Purchaser and the Company shall each ensure that their
         respective subsidiaries and subsidiary undertakings comply
         with Clause 13.1.

40.3     Clause 13.1 does not apply to:

    40.3.1    disclosure of Confidential Information to a director,
              officer or employee of the Purchaser or the Company whose
              function requires him to have the Confidential
              Information but only on terms that clause 13.1 applies to
              use (other than solely in the performance of that
              function which shall not operate to the detriment of the
              party to which the Confidential Information relates) or
              disclosure by the Director, Officer or employee and that
              the party making such disclosure shall be responsible to
              the other for any failure by such director, officer or
              employee to comply with clause 13.1; 

    40.3.2    disclosure of Confidential Information required to be
              disclosed by law or the London Stock Exchange, the New
              York Stock Exchange, Inc. or any other Regulatory
              Authority;

    40.3.3    disclosure of Confidential Information to an adviser for
              the purpose of advising the Purchaser or the Company but
              only on terms that Clause 13.1 applies to use or
              disclosure by the adviser and that the party making such
              disclosure shall be responsible to the other party for
              any failure by such adviser to comply with clause 13.1; 

    40.3.4    Confidential Information in relation to one party which
              becomes publicly known except by a breach by the other
              party of Clause 13.1 or 13.2.

40.4     For the purpose of this clause Confidential Information means
         all information not publicly known used in or otherwise
         relating to the business, customers or financial or other
         affairs, of either the Purchaser or the Company, including,
         without limitation, information relating to:-

    (a)  the marketing of goods or services including, without
         limitation, customer names and lists and other details of
         customers, sales targets, sales statistics, market share
         statistics, prices, market research reports and surveys, and
         advertising or other promotional materials; or

    (b)  future projects, business development or planning, commercial
         relationships and negotiations.

40.5     Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that either
         party may have, each party acknowledges and agrees that:

    (a)  the other party would be irreparably harmed by a breach of
         any of the provisions of this clause 13; 

    (b)  damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach; 

    (c)  the other party shall be entitled to the remedies of
         injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief
         (and corresponding remedies in jurisdictions outside the
         United Kingdom) for any threatened or actual breach of the
         provisions of this clause 13; 

    (d)  no proof of special damages shall be necessary for the
         enforcement of this clause 13; and

    (e)  each of the obligations under this clause 13 is severable and
         distinct and to the extent that any particular provision is
         held to be unenforceable all the remaining provisions shall
         continue to apply.  

40.6     Forthwith upon this Agreement becoming unconditional the
         Confidentiality Agreement dated 10 January 1996 between the
         Company and the Purchaser shall automatically cease and
         determine.

41. ASSIGNMENT
    Without the consent of the other, neither the Company nor the
    Purchaser may assign or transfer or purport to assign or transfer
    a right or obligation under this Agreement other than with respect
    to the Purchaser to any Wholly Owned Subsidiary or to any person
    who acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the
    Purchaser on the basis that any such assignee which in a Wholly
    Owned Subsidiary will re-assign the right or obligation to the
    Purchaser or another Permitted Transferee on ceasing to be a
    Wholly Owned Subsidiary.  

42. NON COMPETE
42.1     The Purchaser hereby covenants to the Company that, during
         the Relevant Period, neither the Purchaser nor any other
         member from time to time of the Purchaser's Group will,
         without the prior written consent of the Company (and other
         than through its interest in the Company), either on its own
         behalf or jointly with any other Person or on behalf of any
         other Person or as manager, consultant, principal or agent
         for any other Person, directly or indirectly carry on or be
         concerned or engaged in a "Competing Business", which for the
         purposes of this Clause 15 shall mean a business involved in
         supplying (whether as a tour operator or retail travel agent
         or otherwise howsoever) within the United Kingdom, Sweden,
         Denmark, Norway or Finland Air Inclusive Tours in respect of
         land-based (or substantially land-based) holidays in the
         Restricted Area.  For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed
         that any business involved in operating a charter airline (or
         airline charter services) providing flights from the United
         Kingdom, Sweden, Denmark, Norway or Finland for holidaymakers
         travelling to land based (or substantially land-based)
         holidays in the Restricted Area shall constitute a Competing
         Business for the purposes of this Clause 15.1.

42.2     For the purposes of Clause 15.1:

    "Relevant Period" shall mean the period from the date upon which
    this Agreement becomes unconditional in all respects until the
    date which is one year after the date upon which there ceases to
    be on the board of directors of the Company an individual who has
    been nominated by the Purchaser pursuant to Clause 6.

    "Restricted Area" shall mean:

    (a)  any country bordering on the Mediterranean Sea;

    (b)  the Canary Islands; and

    (c)  any resort or other location which is served by an airport
         which is within 7 hours (sub-sonic) flying time from any
         airport in the United Kingdom, Sweden, Denmark, Norway or
         Finland (provided that such resort or other location is not
         in North America or South America or within 1,000 miles of
         the coast of North America or South America).

    "land based (or substantially land based) holidays" shall mean
    holidays where the holiday accommodation is either wholly or
    principally land based, but shall not, however, include any
    holiday where the provision of land based accommodation is related
    to a cruise.

42.3     Nothing in Clause 15.1 shall prevent the Purchaser and any
         other member of the Purchaser Group from:

    (a)  owning (as an aggregate within the Purchaser Group) whether
         directly or indirectly not more than 5% of any class of the
         issued share capital or issued capital stock of any Person
         where such class of share capital or capital stock is dealt
         in on a recognised stock exchange or on an over the counter
         market or

    (b)  acquiring:

         (i)  the undertaking of any Person where such undertaking
              includes a Competing Business; or

         (ii) the shares of any Person ("Acquired Company") which
              itself or through any subsidiary or subsidiary
              undertaking carries on or is engaged in a Competing
              Business.

         Provided that:

              (A)  (i)  the Competing Business is not the principal
                        activity of such undertaking or Acquired Company
                        at the date of acquisition and the turnover
                        derived from such Competing Business is not (by
                        reference to the latest available audited
                        accounts of the relevant company or corporation)
                        more than 25% of the turnover of the relevant
                        undertaking or Acquired Company (Provided that
                        the exception from Clause 15.1 comprised in this
                        Clause 15.3(b)(A) shall not apply in the event
                        the Purchaser or a member of the Purchaser Group
                        acquires the undertaking of any Person or the
                        shares of any Person and sells all or
                        substantially all of the assets of such
                        undertaking or Person (other than the Competing
                        Business) within 180 days after making such
                        acquisition; and

                   (ii) if the Purchaser intends to sell all or any
                        portion of the Competing Business the
                        Purchaser shall, prior to initiating or
                        entertaining any discussions with any other
                        party with regard to the sale of the whole
                        or any significant part of such Competing
                        Business notify the Company of such
                        proposed disposal, and at the Company's
                        request following such notification,
                        negotiate in good faith with the Company in
                        relation to a sale to the Company of the
                        whole or (at the Company's election) some
                        part of such Competing Business provided
                        however that the Purchaser shall not be
                        obliged to sell all or any portion of the
                        Competing Business to the Company or any
                        other Person by virtue of this Clause 15.3
                        (b); or

              (B)  the turnover from such Competing Business is not (by
                   reference to the latest available audited accounts
                   of the relevant Person) more than 1% of the turnover
                   of the relevant undertaking or Acquired Company and
                   the relevant Person has not, since the expiry of the
                   period to which such audited accounts relate, been
                   party to any acquisition or reorganisation, or
                   fundamental change to its business, such that at the
                   time of the Purchaser's acquisition such percentage
                   will have increased to more than 1%.

42.4     The Purchaser agrees with the Company that the provisions of
         Clause 15.1 are reasonable in the context of the Subscription
         and the Offers and necessary for the protection of the
         Company and the Purchaser agrees that, having regard to that
         fact, such provisions do not work harshly on it or on other
         members of the Purchaser Group.

42.5     While the restriction contained in Clause 15.1 is considered
         by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances, it
         is agreed that if such restriction shall be adjudged to go
         beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances for the
         protection of the interests of the Company, but would be
         adjudged reasonable if part or parts of wording thereof were
         deleted or the period thereof were reduced or the range of
         businesses or areas dealt with thereby were reduced in scope,
         such restriction shall apply with such modifications as may
         be necessary to make it effective.

42.6     No provision by virtue of which this Agreement (or any
         agreement or arrangement of which this Agreement forms part)
         is subject to registration under the Restrictive Trade
         Practices Act 1976 shall take effect until the day after the
         date on which particulars required by that Act to be
         furnished to the Director General of Fair Trading in respect
         of this Agreement (or of the agreement or arrangement of
         which it forms part) have been furnished to him in accordance
         with that Act.

43. NOTICES
43.1     A notice or other communication under or in connection with
         this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered
         personally or sent by first class post pre-paid recorded
         delivery (or recorded delivery air mail if overseas) or by
         fax to the party due to receive the notice or communication
         sent during normal business hours in the jurisdiction of the
         sender (with the sender receiving confirmation of receipt) at
         its address (or fax number) set out in this Agreement or
         another address (or fax number) specified by that party by
         written notice to the other.  A notice or other communication
         is deemed given when actually received as evidenced by the
         recorded delivery or the confirmation of receipt of fax.

43.2     The fax numbers for the purposes of this clause 16 are as
         follows:

    (i)  the Purchaser:
              Fax no:   (305) 471-4700

    (ii) the Company:
              Fax no:   (0161) 232-6524

44. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
44.1     This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed in
         accordance with English law.

44.2     The Courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to
         hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings, and to
         settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection
         with this Agreement (respectively, "Proceedings" and
         "Disputes") and, for these purposes, each party irrevocably
         submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
         England.

44.3     Each party irrevocably waives any objection which it might at
         any time have to the courts of England being nominated as the
         forum to hear and decide any Proceedings and to settle any
         Disputes and agrees not to claim that the courts of England
         are not a convenient or appropriate forum.

44.4     Process by which any proceedings are begun in England may be
         served on the Purchaser by being personally delivered to
         Clifford Chance, 200 Aldersgate Street, London EC1 4JJ marked
         for the attention of Simon G.F. Burgess.  Nothing contained
         in this Clause 17.4 affects the right to serve process in
         another manner permitted by law.

45. COUNTERPARTS
    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each
    of which when executed and delivered is an original, but all the
    counterparts together constitute the same document.

AS WITNESS the hands of the parties hereto, or their duly authorised
representatives, the day and year first above written.
            SCHEDULE 1

                          THE CONDITIONS

1.  The posting on or before 21 March 1996, or such later date as
    the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers may agree, of the Offer
    Document and Notice convening the Extraordinary General
    Meeting of the Company at which the Special Resolution is to
    be proposed.

2.  The passing of the Special Resolution at an Extraordinary
    General Meeting of the Company or at any adjournment thereof;

3.  The Subscription Shares being admitted to the Official List
    of the London Stock Exchange and such admission becoming
    effective in accordance with paragraph 7.1 of the Listing
    Rules.

4.  The shares of Class A Common Stock issuable to the Company's
    shareholders pursuant to the Offers and the Share Purchase
    shall have been approved for listing on the New York Stock
    Exchange, Inc., subject to official notice of issuance.

5.  It having been established in terms reasonably satisfactory
    to the Purchaser that the proposed acquisition of Ordinary
    Shares and Preference Shares in the Company pursuant to the
    Offers and the Share Purchase and the Subscription for the
    Subscription Shares by the Purchaser Group, or any matter
    arising therefrom, will not be referred to the Monopolies and
    Mergers Commission.

6.  All necessary filings having been made in connection with the
    Offers and the Subscription and the Share Purchase and all
    authorisations, orders, grants, recognitions, confirmations,
    consents, clearances, licences, permissions, exemptions and
    approvals necessary for or in respect of the Offers, the
    Subscription or the proposed acquisition of any shares in the
    Company by the Purchaser Group being obtained on terms and in
    a form reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser from
    appropriate governments, governmental, quasi-governmental,
    supranational, statutory or regulatory bodies, trade
    agencies, professional bodies, associations, institutions,
    environmental bodies and courts, and such authorisations,
    orders, grants, recognitions, confirmations, consents,
    clearances, licences, permissions, exemptions and approvals
    remaining in full force and effect at the time at which this
    Agreement becomes otherwise unconditional in all respects and
    no notice of any intention to revoke, suspend, restrict,
    modify or not renew any of the same having been received by
    the Purchaser or the Company and all necessary filings having
    been made and all waiting periods under any applicable
    legislation and regulations in any jurisdiction having
    expired or been terminated, in each case as may be necessary
    in connection with the Offers, the Subscription and the Share
    Purchase under the laws and regulations of any jurisdiction
    and all necessary statutory or regulatory obligations in any
    jurisdiction having been complied with.  

7.  Assurances satisfactory to both the Purchaser and the Company
    being received from the United Kingdom Civil Aviation
    Authority and the Danish Civil Aviation Authority that the
    certificates, licences, approvals, arrangements and consents
    including, without limitation, the Air Transport Licences and
    the Air Operator's Certificates of any member of the Company
    Group will not be adversely affected by the Offers the
    Subscription or the Share Purchase.

8.  The Undertakings remaining in full force and effect and the
    obligations of Mr. D. Crossland and Mr. T. Trickett pursuant
    to paragraphs 4.1 to 4.4 thereof not having been terminated
    pursuant to paragraph 4.5 thereof.


                            SCHEDULE 2
                          THE WARRANTIES
1.  OFFER DOCUMENT
1.1 Each statement of fact contained in the Offer Document or the
    Listing Particulars concerning or relating to the Company
    Group or its Directors will be true and accurate in all
    material respects and not misleading.  Each forecast,
    estimate and expression of opinion, intention or expectation
    contained in the Offer Document or the Listing Particulars
    concerning the Company Group or its Directors will be
    honestly held, fairly based and be made after all reasonable
    enquiry and consideration.

1.2 No information will be omitted from the Offer Document or the
    Listing Particulars which might make a statement of fact,
    forecast, estimate or expression of opinion, intention or
    expectation in the Offer Document or the Listing Particulars
    concerning or relating to the Company Group or its Directors
    untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or misleading or
    which, in the context of the Subscription, the Offers and the
    Share Purchase, is material for disclosure in the Offer
    Document or the Listing Particulars.

2.  ACCOUNTS
    The audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at 30
    September 1995 and the audited consolidated profit and loss
    account and cash flow statement of the Company for the financial
    year ended on such date (including the notes thereon) (such
    balance sheet, profit and loss account and cash flow statement and
    notes being the "Accounts") as set out in the Accounts give a true
    and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and its
    subsidiaries at such date and the profits and cash flows of the
    Company and its subsidiaries for the financial year ended at that
    date and were prepared in accordance with applicable United
    Kingdom accounting standards and under the historical cost
    convention and in accordance with the accounting policies stated
    therein consistently applied with the audited consolidated
    accounts of the Company for the two preceding financial years and
    the Accounts comply with the applicable provisions of the Act.

3.  MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE
    Since 30 September 1995 until the date hereof, taking due account
    of the normal seasonal nature of the business of the Company and
    its subsidiaries there has been no material adverse change in the
    financial or trading position of the Company and its subsidiaries
    (taken as a whole).


                            SCHEDULE 3

           PROVISIONS FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE COMPANY

1.  Remedies
1.1 After Completion the Purchasers rights for breach of the
    Warranties shall only lie in damages and it shall not be
    entitled to rescind or repudiate this Agreement.

1.2 Where the matter or default giving rise to a breach of any
    Warranty is capable of remedy, the breach shall not entitle
    the Purchaser to damages or other compensation unless written
    notice of the breach is given to the Company and the matter
    or default is not remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of
    the Purchaser within 30 days after the date on which such
    notice is served.  This right to remedy shall not apply prior
    to Completion.

2.  Exclusion of Certain Claims
2.1 No claim shall be made by the Purchaser against the Company
    and the Company shall not have any liability to the Purchaser
    under the Warranties:

    (a)  in respect of any matter or thing fairly disclosed in the
         Disclosure Information;

    (b)  in respect of any matter appearing on the files of the
         Company maintained by the Registrar of Companies in England
         and Wales at Companies House as the same appeared on 12
         February 1996;

    (c)  in respect of any liability to the extent that it occurs as
         a result of:

         (i)  any legislation not in force at the date hereof or any
              change of law or administrative practice having
              retrospective effect which comes into force after the
              date hereof; or

         (ii) any increase hereafter in the rates of taxation in
              force at the date hereof; 

    (d)  in respect of a liability which is contingent only unless and
         until such contingent liability becomes an actual liability
         and is due and payable, but this paragraph 2.1(d) shall not
         operate to avoid a claim made with reasonable particularity
         in respect of a contingent liability within the applicable
         time limits specified in paragraph 3 of this Schedule; or

    (e)  in respect of any matter referred to in the Press Release.

3.  Time Limits
3.1 No claim shall be brought by the Purchaser for breach of any
    of the Warranties unless notice in writing of such claim
    (specifying in reasonable detail the event, matter or default
    which gives rise to the claim and, if practicable, an
    estimate of the amount claimed) has been given on or before
    the date falling 30 days after the date of publication of the
    report and accounts of the Company for its financial year
    ending 30 September 1996.

3.2 Any such claim that may have been made shall (if it has not
    been previously satisfied, settled or withdrawn) be deemed to
    have been waived or withdrawn on the expiration of 18 months
    after the date it was made unless court proceedings in
    respect of it shall then have been issued and served on the
    Company (except that if such claim is based on a contingent
    liability as described paragraph 2.1(d), then the Purchaser
    shall not be obligated to commence court proceedings within
    such 18 month period if such proceedings may not be commenced
    as a matter of English law) but shall be obligated to issue
    and serve on the Company Court proceedings in respect of such
    claim within 18 months after the relevant liability ceases to
    be a contingent liability.

4.  Thresholds
4.1 The Company shall not have any liability in respect of any
    claim made under or in respect of any of the Warranties
    unless the amount of that claim when added to the aggregate
    amount of all other claims under or in respect of the
    Warranties exceeds L15,000,000 (in which case the Purchaser
    shall have a claim for the full amount of such claims and not
    only the excess over L15,000,000).

4.2 The total liability of the Company in respect of all claims
    under or in respect of the Warranties shall not exceed
    L100,000,000.

4.3 If any relevant claim is made, or any relevant liability of
    the Company determined, in a currency other than pounds
    sterling, for the purposes of applying the provisions of
    paragraphs 4.1 and 4.2 of this Schedule such claim/liability
    shall be construed as a claim/liability for the equivalent
    amount in pounds sterling, calculated by reference to the
    rate of exchange prevailing on, for the purposes of paragraph
    4.1 the date the claim is made or, for the purposes of
    paragraph 4.2 the date upon which the liability is discharged
    by the Company.

5.  Allowance Against Claims
    If the Company shall have made any payment in respect of a claim
    under the Warranties and any member of the Company Group shall
    thereafter receive a quantifiable monetary benefit, refund or
    payment from a third party which is directly referable to the
    Warranty claim, the Purchaser shall forthwith repay to the Company
    a sum (not in excess of the Warranty payment received by the
    Purchaser from the Company) corresponding to such net benefit,
    refund or payment from a third party as the case may be provided
    that any such repayment shall have no effect on any previous or
    future application of the provisions of Clause 4.1 of this
    Schedule 3.






Signed by                )
for and on behalf of     )     /s/ Howard S.  Frank
CARNIVAL CORPORATION     )







Signed by                )
for and on behalf of     )     /s/ H.  H.  Collinson
AIRTOURS PLC             )







                                                                  EXHIBIT 11

                              CARNIVAL CORPORATION
             STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
                     (in thousands, except per share data)

Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 February 28, 1995 Net income $77,065 $67,552 Adjustments to net income for the purpose of computing fully diluted earnings per share: Interest reduction from assumed conversion of 4.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes 1,386 1,385 Adjusted net income $78,451 $68,937 Weighted average shares outstanding 285,389 282,826 Adjustments to weighted average shares outstanding for the purpose of computing fully diluted earnings per share: Additional shares issuable upon assumed conversion of 4.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes 6,618 6,618 Adjusted weighted average shares outstanding 292,007 289,444 Earnings per share: Primary $0.27 $0.24 Fully Diluted* $0.27 $0.24
*In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 15, the Company does not present fully diluted EPS in its financial statements because the Company's convertible securities are anti-dilutive or result in a less than 3% dilution for the periods presented.

                                                                   EXHIBIT 12

                           CARNIVAL CORPORATION
                   RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                      (in thousands, except ratios)


Three Months Ended February 29, 1996 February 28, 1995 Net Income $77,065 $67,552 Income tax benefit (3,526) (4,830) Income before income tax benefit 73,539 62,722 Fixed Charges: Interest expense, net 16,038 17,551 Interest portion of rental expense (1) 360 531 Capitalized interest 5,936 3,805 Total Fixed Charges 22,334 21,887 Fixed Charges Not Currently Affecting Income: Capitalized interest (5,936) (3,805) Earnings before fixed charges $89,937 $80,804 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 4.0 x 3.7 x
________________________ (1) Represents one-third of rental expense, which Company management believes to be representative of the interest portion of rental expense.
 

5 1,000 3-MOS NOV-30-1996 FEB-29-1996 291,694 26,603 30,280 0 49,542 471,025 4,318,882 681,659 4,542,966 650,168 1,479,393 2,850 0 0 2,393,460 4,542,966 0 448,788 0 263,696 0 0 21,974 73,539 3,526 77,065 0 0 0 77,065 0.27 0.27